THE

NAUTILUS

THE PILSBRY QUARTERLY

DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS

OF CONCHOLOGISTS

VOL. 76

JULY, 1962 to APRIL, 1963

I HI TORS AND PUBLISH] RS

HORACE BURRINGTON BAKER

Professor Emeritus of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania

CHARLES B. WITRTZ

Consulting Biologists Inc., Bethlehem Pike, Spring House, Pa.

R. TUCKER ABBOTT

H. A. Pilsbry Chair of Malacology, Academy of Natural Sciences

MRS. HORACE B. BAKER

PHILADELPH] \. PENNS1 1 VANIA

l'ONY PRINTING, UPPER DARBY, PA.

April, 1963 nautilus iii

CONTENTS

Names of new genera, species, etc. in italics

Alabama 1, 108, 135, 140, 152

American Malacological Union 71

Anthracopupa 110

Arion subfuscus 70

Arizona 112, 127

Antroselates Hubricht, genus Hydrobiidae 138

A . spiralis Hubricht 1 38

Arkansas 1, 28

Atlantic, southern 74, 145

Atlantic, western 9, 39, 63, 73, 74, 75, 111, 115, 145, 151

Brachidontes recurvus, gonad development & spawning 9

Bursa finlayi McGinty 39

California 127

Canada, eastern 49, 51, 53

Carychium exile & C. exiguum 108

Cassis vibexmexicana 143

Cecina manchurica in Washington 150

Chile 145

Chilina stenostylops Parodiz 146

Colubraria monroei McGinty 41

Columbellidae 74

Corbicula fluminea 35

Dates of NAUTILUS 34

Dessication, resistance to Ill

Diplodon transandinus Parodiz 145

Eogene 145

Euglandina (Guillarmodia) dorsalis Thompson 97

Ferrissia 28

Florida 28, 135

Fontigens cryptica Hubricht 139

F. tartarea Hubricht 140

Fresh water mollusks, effects of zinc 53

Georgia 28, 108, 110, 152

Gonad development, Brachidontes recurvus 9

Guatemala 23

Haliotis rufescens, spawning & early life 44

iv nautilus Vol. 76 (Index)

Hydrobiidae (Antroselates) 1 38

Idaho 127

Illinois 1, 82, 99, 135

Indiana 1, 138, 138

Iowa 82, 135

Japan 37

Kansas 1, 35, 82, 135, 138, 141

Kentucky 1, 35, 1 38, 140

Laevapex 28

Land snails, life span 127

Licina (Choanopomops) decussata yaucoi H. B. Baker 19

Louisiana 135, 152

Lyogyrus granum 112

Malacologia 109

Marine molluks eaten by bonefish 115

Maryland 1

Maturipupa 110

McFarland, Olive Hornbrook, obituary 73

Mesomphix anurus Hubricht 2

M. derochetus Hubricht 4

Mexico 7, 95, 101

Michigan 28, 37

Minnesota 82

Mississippi 108, 110, 112, 135, 152

Missouri 108, 135

Mollusks eaten by leeches 148

Natica clausa & N. aleutica 152

Neotropic 145

Nesovitrea harimensis 37

Nevada 135

New Brunswick 51

New Hampshire 25, 70

New Mexico 127

North Carolina 1, 28, 1 35

Notogillia wetherbyi 152

Nova Scotia 49

Ohio 1, 28

Oklahoma 108, 135, 148

Olivella (Olivella) altatae Burch & Campbell 123

April, 1963 nautilus v

O. (O.) sphoni Burch k Campbell 124

O. (O.) Steveni & subsp. campbelli Burch & Campbell 125

Oregon 28, 127

Otala lactea 110

Oxyloma retusa, anatomic variation 82

Pacific, eastern 44, 61, 120, 143, 145, 150, 152

Palearctic 132

Pallifera pilsbryi 1 1 2

Panopea bitruncata, distribution 75

Paravitrea bidens Hubricht 140

P. blarina Hubricht 141

P. metallacta Hubricht 142

P. tantilla Hubricht 141

Patagonia 14

Pennsylvania 1, 28

Publications received 38, 113

Puerto Rico 16

Punctum baschi Thompson 23

Recluzia rollandiana from western Atlantic 151

Rissoina sheaferi McGinty 42

Sinistral Polygyridae 36

Smith, Maxwell, obituary 33

South Carolina 1, 108

Spawning 9, 44

Streptostyla maslini Branson & McCoy 8

5. toltecorum Branson & McCoy 8

Strombus canaliculars Ill

Succinea bakeri Hubricht 136

Succineidae, anatomic variation 82

Tectarius muricatus, resistance to dessication Ill

Tennessee 1, 35, 141, 152

Texas 1, 127, 135

Triodopsis hopetonensis 152

Virginia 1, 141

Washington 28, 150

West Virginia 1, 138

Wisconsin 36

Wyoming 28, 74, 135

Zinc effects on fresh water mollusks 53

vi nautilus Vol. 76 (Index)

INDEX TO AUTHORS

Abbott, R. Tucker 1 5 1

Allen, J. Frances 9

Baily, Joshua L., Jr 33

Baker, H. Burrington 16, 34, 37, 110'

Basch, Paul F 2&

Bates, John M. 35

Beetle, Dorothy E 74

Branson, Branley A. 148-

Branson & Clarence J. McCoy, Jr, 7, 101

Burch, J. B 109

Burch, John G 1 52

Burch, John G. & G. Bruce Campbell 120

Campbell, G. Bruce (Burch &) 120

Carlisle, John G., Jr 44

Curtin, Thomas J. 1 32

Dexter, Ralph W 6$

Dimelow, E. J 49, 5 1

Donohue, Jerry 35

Editors (2) iii, 1 10

Emerson, William K. & William E. Old, Jr 143

Erdman, Donald S. (Warmke &) 115

Fechtner, Frederick R 99"

Franzen, Dorothea S 82

Getz, Lowell L 25, 70

Hanna, G. Dallas 75

Hubricht, Leslie 1, 108, 110, 112, 135, 138, 140, 152

McCoy, Clarence J., Jr. (Branson &) 7, 101

McGinty, Thomas L 39

Mead, Albert R. (Miles &) 112

Miles, Charles D. & Albert R. Mead 112

Morrison, J. P. E 150

Old, William E., Jr. (Emerson &) 143

Parodiz, J. J 74, 145

Reigle, Norman J 37

Robertson, Robert 75

Roscoe, Ernest J 36

Rosewater, Joseph 1 1 1

April, 1963 nautilus vii

Teskey, Margaret C 71, 112

Thompson, Fred G 23, 95

Vokes, Harold E. & Emily H 61

Walton, Munroe K 1 27

Warmke, Germaine L. & Donald S. Erdman 115

Wurtz, Charles B 53

THE NAUTILUS

Vol. 76 July, 1962 No. 1

MESOMPHIX VULGATUS AND ITS ALLIES

By LESLIE HUBRICHT

The examination of a large amount of anatomical material of

Mesomphix vulgatus and the species of Mesomphix, sensu stricto,

closely related to it, has shown that these species cannot be

distinguished by the shells with any degree of certainty. How-

ever, there are very good specific differences in the genitalia. In

order to place the identification of the species of this group on

a more secure basis, the author has prepared descriptions of the

genitalia of all the species which were not described adequately

by Pilsbry (Land Moll. N. Amer. II, pp. 319-317, figs. 162, 164.) ,

as well as those of two new species. The distributions given are

based on anatomical identifications.

Mesomphix vulgatus H. B. Baker Plate 1, A; fig. 1, A.

Shell depressed with low spire, buffy-olive above, ecru-olive

below, dull, opaque. Whorls about 5, rapidly increasing, well

rounded, sutures moderately impressed. Embryonic whorls with

fine radial striae, becoming stronger on later whorls, upper

surface of last whorl with distinct radial striae which continue

onto the sides, becoming obsolete on the lower surface. Upper

and lower surfaces of last whorl covered with close, minutely

papillose, spiral threads. Umbilicus very small, sealed with

hardened slime. Aperture a little wider than high, lunate, with a

white lining. Peristome somewhat oblique, sharp, slightly re-

flected over the umbilicus.

Height 11.9 mm. Diameter 21.0 mm. Spire width 11.0 mm.

Aperture width 11.0 mm. Aperture height 9.6 mm. Topotype.

Penis rather short, club shaped, without an appendix, of uni-

form texture throughout its length. Interior of penis with two

pilasters which extend the entire length of the penis. Penial re-

tractor muscle short wide and thick, attached at the end of the

penis. Epiphallus rather stout with an enlargement in the lower

third, about three times as long as the penis, entering the

penis near the middle. Spermatheca large, a flattened sphere

or ovoid, duct short. Free oviduct about four times as long as

the penis. Vagina about a third as long as the penis. Atrium

very short, only reaching through the integument. In some

2 nautilus Vol. 76 (1)

specimens there is a yellow glandular ring around the base of

the vagina.

Penis 7 mm. Epiphallus 21 mm. Vagina 2.5 mm. Spermatheca

duct 4 mm. Free oviduct 27 mm. Topotype.

Distribution. — Indiana: Harrison Co.: 0.5 mile northeast of

White Cloud. Kentucky: Meade Co.: Ohio River bluff, 5 miles

east of Brandenburg. Anderson Co.: Kentucky River bluff, just

north of Tyrone. Mercer Co.: Kentucky River bluff, near Brook-

lyn Bridge. Jessamine Co.: cedar woods, Camp Nelson. Lincoln

Co.: hillside, 5 miles south of Stanford. Edmonson Co.: near

Mammoth Dome Sink, near Mammoth Cave, Mammoth Cave

National Park (Plate , A) . Warren Co.: Barren River bluff, at

Ky.-lOl, south of Three Forks. Metcalfe Co.: ravine, near Piercy

Cave, 2.5 miles south of Summer Shade; low woods, 1 mile west of

Beaumont. Cumberland Co.: hillside, 1 mile northeast of Dubre;

Cumberland River bluff, 1.8 miles southeast of Burksville. Ten-

nessee: Sumner Co.: near creek, 1.5 miles north of Bransford;

hillside, 1.7 miles south of Bransford. Macon Co.: ravine, 5 miles

southeast of Lafayette.

Mesomphix vulgatus is found to be a species of rather limited

range. The above localities are only those for which anatomical

material was available. The real range is probably a little greater,

particularly on the northern and western sides. It probably ex-

tends into southwestern Ohio and southeastern Illinois.

Mesomphix vulgatus is based on a shell collected in Kentucky

by Rafinesque. The type locality is here restricted to the vicinity

of Mammoth Cave, Edmonson Co., Kentucky, a locality which

Rafinesque is known to have visited.

Mesomphix anurus, new species. PI. 1 C; fig. 1, E.

Shell depressed with low spire, pale brownish-yellow, glossy,

translucent. Whorls about 5, rapidly increasing, well rounded,

sutures well impressed. Embryonic whorls with fine radial striae,

becoming stronger on later whorls; upper surface of last whorl

with irregular radial striae which continue onto the sides, over-

layed with close, minutely papillose spiral threads. The lower

surface is nearly smooth. Umbilicus very small, sealed with hard-

ened slime. Aperture a little wider than high, lunate, with a

white lining. Peristome somewhat oblique, sharp, slightly re-

flected over the umbilicus.

Height 11.8 mm. Diameter 20.3 mm. Spire width 11 mm. Aper-

ture width 10.7 mm. Aperture height 9 mm. Holotype.

Penis rather short, fusiform, without an appendix, of uniform

texture throughout its length, interior uniformlv papillose, with-

out pilasters. Penial retractor muscle long, slender, attached at

July, 1962

NAUTILUS

Fig.l. A., Mesomphix vulgatus H. B. Baker, topotype. B., Mesomphix

derochetus Hubricht, holotype. C, Mesomphix ruidus Hubricht, paratype. D.,

Mesomphix globosus (MacMillan) , topotype. E., Mesomphix anurus Hub-

richt, holotype. e. epiphallus. o. free oviduct, p. penis, s. spermatheca. v.

vagina. Scale line 5 mm.

the end of the penis. Epiphallus entering the penis near the

middle, about 3 times as long as the penis, the lower third much

enlarged, being larger than the penis. Spermatheca large, ovoid,

duct short. Free oviduct about as long as the penis. Vagina very

short, about as long as wide. Atrium very short, only reaching

through the integument.

4 nautilus Vol. 76 (1)

Penis 9 mm. Epiphallus 24 mm. Spermatheca duct 4.3 mm.

Vagina 1.5 mm. Free oviduct 9.3 mm. Holotype.

Distribution. — Kentucky: Warren Co.: Barren River bluff, 2

miles northeast of Bowling Green. Tennessee: Montgomery Co.:

near Coleman Cave, 5 miles, southwest of Woodlawn. Sumner

Co.: hillside, 1.7 miles south of Bransford. Macon Co.: ravine,

4 miles southwest of Lafayette; hillside, above Ann White Cave,

6 miles west of Lafayette, holotype 111660 and paratypes 111661,

Chicago Natural History Museum, other paratypes 18296, collec-

tion of the author. Smith Co.: Cumberland River bluff, 1 mile

southeast of Carthage. DeKalb Co.: Caney Fork River bluff,

Sligo Landing, dry hillside, 0.8 mile southeast of Dowelltown.

Grundy Co.: Big Mouth Cave Sink, 4 miles northeast of Pelham;

side of Cumberland Mtn., 1.5 miles north of Monteagle. Marion

Co.: hillside above spring, Martin Springs; hillside above spring,

2 miles south of Martin Springs. Alabama: Madison Co.: Monte

Sano State Park, east of Huntsville. Jackson Co.: side of Keel

Mtn., Paint Rock.

The shell of Mesomphix anurus differs from that of M. vulgatus

in being yellower and more glossy, with more slender, more

loosely coiled whorls and deeper sutures. Anatomically it differs

in the longer, more slender penial retractor muscle, in the more

enlarged basal third of the epiphallus, and in the shorter free

oviduct.

Mesomphix derochetus, new species. PI. 1, B; fig. 1, B.

Shell depressed with low spire; pale brownish-yellow above

and below, dull and opaque. Whorls about 5, rapidly increasing,

well rounded, sutures moderately impressed. Embryonic whorls

with distinct radial striae, not increasing much in later whorls,

base nearly smooth. Last two whorls covered with close, minutely

papillose spiral threads. Umbilicus very small, sealed with hard-

ened slime. Aperture a little wider than high, lunate, with a

white lining. Peristome somewhat oblique, sharp, slightly re-

flected over the umbilicus.

Height 12.1 mm. Diameter 23.2 mm. Spire width 12 mm. Aper-

ture width 12 mm. Aperture height 10.1 mm. Holotype.

Penis rather short, club shaped, projecting slightly beyond the

insertion of the penial retractor muscle; above the insertion of

the epiphallus it is thick and rigid, below it is somewhat flattened

and flexible; within there is a single pilaster which extends the

entire length of the penis. Penial retractor muscle long and

slender. Epiphallus very long, about 5 times the length of the

penis, somewhat enlarged above its junction with the penis, the

rest rather slender, joining the penis near the middle. Spermatheca

July, 1962 nautilus 5

large, ovoid, duct short, somewhat enlarged basally. Free oviduct

from 2 to 3 times as long as the penis. Vagina about i/3 as long

as the penis. Atrium very short, only reaching through the in-

tegument.

Penis 10 mm. Epiphallus 47 mm. Vagina 3.7 mm. Spermatheca

duct 5 mm. Free oviduct 23 mm. Holotype.

Type locality. — Kentucky: Mercer Co.: Kentucky River bluff,

1 mile northeast of Shakertown, holotype 111658 and paratypes

1 1 1659, C.N.H.M., other paratypes 13394, collection of the author.

The shell of Mesomphix derochetus differs from that of M.

vulgatus in having the striae on the last whorl finer and the

papillose spiral threads coarser. The real differences are in the

anatomy. The very long epiphallus, equal in length to twice

the diameter of the shell, will distinguish it from any other de-

scribed species. The penis is clearly divisible into an upper and a

lower section, and the longer and more slender penial retractor

muscle is attached to the penis a little below the end.

Mesomphix perlaevis (Pilsbry) .

The range of this species was found to be much greater than

was previously believed. It ranges from northern Georgia through

western North Carolina, eastern Tennessee, eastern Kentucky,

West Virginia, western Maryland, to southwestern Pennsylvania.

Pilsbry (Land Moll. N. Amer. II, p. 321.) refers to the penial

appendix in this species as being lateral. However, it is terminal.

The base of the penial retractor muscle is much expanded and

in fully mature animals is not always clearly differentiated from

the penis, and appears as an extension of the penis. The ap-

pendix is not always present. When it is absent, the species can

be readily distinguished by the very broad terminal portion of

the penis, the broad base of the retractor muscle, and the short

epiphallus.

Mesomphix latior (Pilsbry).

Mesomphix latior monticola Pilsbry, 1946, Land Mollusca

of North America (North of Mexico) . Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.

Monogr. 3, vol. 2(1): 322-323, fig. 163d-e, 164, 165.

The penis of M. latior is very similar to that of M. ruidus but

the appendix is shorter and the retractor muscle is heavier.

The difference in the shells between Mesomphix latior and

M . 1. monticola is no greater than is to be found in other species

of Mesomphix.

NAUTILUS

Vol. 76 (1)

Map 1. Distribution of Mesomphix globosus (MacMillan) , as represented

by specimens in my collection.

Mesomphix latior ranges from the mountains of northeastern

Alabama to southwestern Virginia.

Mesomphix globosus (MacMillan) . PI. 1, D & E; fig. 1, D.

Omphalina pilsbryi globosus MacMillan, 1940. Amer. Midi.

Nat. 23: 732, fig. 1.

Mesomphix pilsbryi globosus (MacMillan), Pilsbry, 1946,

Land Moll. N. Amer. II, p. 343, fig. 177e-f.

Mesomphix vulgatus form hartwrighti Pilsbry, 1946, Land

Moll. N. Amer. II, p. 326. figs. 166c, 167f.

A study of the anatomy of topotypes of M. globosus shows that

it is not related to M. pilsbryi (Clapp) , but to M. ruidus Hub-

richt. The following anatomical description is based on speci-

mens collected near the Santee Canal, 2.5 miles northeast of

Moncks Corner, Berkeley Co., South Carolina.

Penis rather short, fusiform, with a distinct appendix, which

varies from y4 to l/g as long as the penis. Interior of penis uni-

formly papillose without pilasters. Penial retractor muscle long

and slender. Epiphallus from 21/^ to 3 times as long as the

penis, somewhat expanded in the middle; entering the penis near

the middle. Spermatheca large, ovoid; duct short, rather thick.

Free oviduct about 3 times as long as the penis. Vagina very

short. Atrium short.

NAUTILUS 76 (1)

PLATE 1

A, Mesomphix xmlgatus H. B. Baker, li. .\J. derochetus Hubricht, holo-

type. C, M. anurus Hubricht, holotype. D, E, M. globosus (MacMillan). F,

M. ruidus Hubricht. paratype. Photographs 1>\ Chicago Natural History

Museum.

NAUTILUS 76 (1)

PLATE 2

Figure 1, a. b. Streptostyla maslini Branson & McCo

Figure '-'. a. 1>. Streptostyla toltecorum Branson & McCoy.

July, 1962 nautilus 7

Penis 5.3 mm. Epiphallus 11 mm. Spermatheca duct 5 mm.

Vagina 1 mm. Free oviduct 15 mm. Atrium 1 mm. Topotype.

Mesomphix globosus is the most widely distributed species of

the vulgatus group. It ranges from coastal South Carolina to

northern Florida and westward to eastern Arkansas and Texas.

Map no. 1.

The shell of Mesomphix globosus can usually be distinguished

from that of M. vulgatus by its more elevated spire, more rounded

whorls, coarser sculpture, and darker color. But it is quite vari-

able and some shells have very low spires and the dark color

of the upper surface is sometimes absent. Such shells can not be

distinguished from M. vulgatus. The presence of a distinct ap-

pendix to the penis will always distinguish it from M. vulgatus

or M. anurus. It cannot always be distinguished from M. ruidus

by the shell. The epiphallus and free oviduct are much shorter

in M. ruidus. The shell shown in pi. 1, fig. D., is from near Sa-

vannah River, 17 miles northeast of Sylvania, Screven Co.,

Georgia, and that in fig. E from a ravine, 3 miles northwest of

McKenzie, Butler Co., Alabama.

Mesomphix ruidus Hubricht. PI. 1, fig. F; fig. 1, C.

This species has been found at the following localities in

addition to those published with the original description (Trans.

Kentucky Acad. Sci. 19: 74. 1958) .

Kentucky: Meade Co.: near Otter Creek, Garnettsville, west

of Muldraugh. Hart Co.: near Cane Creek, at Ky-728, Roseburg.

Edmonson Co.: near Green River, 0.5 mile north of Potato Hill,

near Brownsville. Tennessee: Rutherford Co.: roadside, 2 miles

north of Fosterville.

STREPTOSTYLA TOLTECORUM AND S. MASLINI,

SPP. NOV., FROM MEXICO*

By BRANLEY A. BRANSON, Kansas State College, Pittsburg and

CLARENCE J. McCOY, JR., University of Colorado Museum, Boulder.

The junior author and a party of zoologists from the Uni-

versity of Colorado Museum, primarily concerned with hetero-

thermous vertebrates, collected several mollusks in Yucatan,

Campeche and other Mexican states during the summer and

winter of 1961. Among these were specimens which are considered

to be two new species. These are described below. The other

•Supported in part by NSF Grant G-16244

8 nautilus Vol. 76 (1)

species will be reported upon in a later paper.

Streptostyla maslini, new species, Plate 2, fig. 1 a, b.

Stations: Airport, Ciudad del Carmen, Campeche; 1G: vi: 1961 ;

and 19 miles east of Merida, Yucatan; 19:vi: 1961. Holotype,

Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan 210557. 2 Paratypes,

University of Colorado Museum 26245. Paratype, senior author's

collection 6544. Type Locality: 19 miles east of Merida, Yucatan,

Mexico.

Shell thin, translucent, moderately bulliform, uniformly horn

colored; very polished and smooth; ultimate whorl bears a few

nearly obsolete, sinuous growth striae which roll into the aper-

ture; spiral striation lacking. Apex parabolic, very smooth and

appears to have been slightly deflected to the left; embryonic

whorls 1 1/2, not visible from a posterior view; total whorls 51^,

all, except the ultimate one, which suddenly increases in size,

very smooth and somewhat slab-sided; 4 sutures visible from

frontal view; all whorls beveled below sutures and bear a fairly

thick transparent calcareous deposit. A deep sulcus proximally

paralleling the slightly twisted and thickened columella, leads

into a small umbilicus; sulcus and columella white; outer peri-

stome thin and slightly sinuous. Total length 10. mm; greatest

diameter 4.0 mm; spire length 2.5 mm; aperture length 6.0 mm;

greatest width of aperture 1.6 mm.

Indices: Length/diameter — 2.5. Length/spire — 4.0. Length/

aperture length — 1.67. Spire/aperture width — 3.75. Ultimate

whorl depth/penultimate whorl depth — 6.8.

This form is a member of a species complex which includes

S. ventricosula (Morelet) (Yucatan), 5. yucatanensis Pilsbry and

S. pilsbryi Richards (Cozumel) . Its short spire, glossy texture

and growth striae bounded toward the aperture indicate that

it is more closely related to S. pilsbryi than to the others. It dif-

fers from S. pilsbryi in being slightly smaller, in having a much

shorter and narrower aperture and in having a better developed

columellar fold and much more restricted growth sculpture.

Streptostyla toltecorum, new species. PI. 2, fig. 2 a, b.

Stations: Five to 11 miles east of Campeche, Campeche; 16:vi:

1961. Holotype, Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan

210558. Paratype (immature), Museum of Zoology, University

of Michigan 210559. Paratype (immature), University of Colo-

rado Museum 26246. Paratype, Academy of Natural Sciences of

Philadelphia. Type Locality: 5 miles east of Campeche, Cam-

peche, Mexico.

Shell moderately thin, translucent: uniformly whitish-horn in

July, 1962 nautilus 9

color; very smooth and moderately glossy; ultimate whorl prac-

tically smooth; growth striae very faint to lacking completely;

no spiral sculpture. Apex parabolic, smooth and straight; em-

bryonic whorls nearly two, visible both posteriorly and anteriorly;

414 whorls, all smooth and evenly rounded; four sutures visible

anteriorly; whorls below sutures only slightly beveled; calcareous

deposits near sutures very thin; proximal sulcus short and much

wider below than above; short, nearly straight, columella (wider

below than above) and sulcus lighter, but of same color as rest

of shell; outer peristome thin and nearly straight. Total length

9.5 mm; greatest diameter 3.5 mm; spire length 3.0 mm; aperture

length 5.25 mm; greatest width of aperture 2.0 mm.

Indices: Length/diameter — 2.71. Length/spire — 2.17. Length/

aperture length — 1.80. Spire/aperture width — 1.50. Ultimate

whorl/penultimate whorl depth — 5.3.

In general contour this species is reminiscent of 5. meridana

(Morelet) , with which it is assumed to be mostly related. It

differs from the latter in being taller and more slender; in having

a relatively longer spire and more narrow aperture and a much

shorter and more truncate columella.

GONAD DEVELOPMENT AND SPAWNING OF

BRACHIDONTES RECURVUS IN CHESAPEAKE BAY

By J. FRANCES ALLEN

(Concluded from April no.)

During the period from January 16, 1950, through April 16,

1951, the temperature ranged from 1.8° C. to 24.5° C, and the

salinity from 16.24 0/00 to 2.85 0/00 (Parts per 1000). See

table II and graphs. As would be expected, the higher tempera-

ture prevailed during the summer period, and the lower tempera-

ture during December, January, and early February. The highest

salinity of 16.24 0/00 was recorded on October 9, 1950 and the

lowest salinity 2.85 0/00 on February 19, 1951. The lower

salinities occurred during spring and summer, whereas, the

higher salinities prevailed during the fall and winter. The

salinities of the spring of 1950 were not as low as those of the

corresponding dates in 1951. On February 16, 1950, it was 11.6

0/00, while on February 19, 1951, it was 2.85 0/00. The latter

condition is considered abnormal in the area and was due to

the heavy spring rains. The temperature varied from a high of

24.5° C. on July 31, 1950 to a low of 1.8° C. on February 19,

10 NAUTILUS Vol. 76 (1)

TABLE II

BOTTOM TEMPERATURE AND SALINITY AT HACKETT'S BAR

JANUARY 16, 1950 THROUGH APRIL 16, 1951

C. SALINITY o/oo

10.10

11.60

13.60

12.70

9.30

5.20

7.50

7.90

10.10

8.00

8.64

9.64

9.63

8.51

12.05

13.44

10.75

15.41

16.24

15.81

13.28

8.86

8.77

7.48

9.47

3.84

3.48

2.85

6.91

8.21

5.44

5.84

1951. In early June 1950, the temperature was 17.7° C, rising

to a high of 24.5° C. on July 31, 1950, finally dropping to 1 1.6° C.

on November 13, 1950.

It was observed that spawning began in early June at a

temperature of 17.7° C. and continued throughout the summer

and fall, at least until the middle of November when the temp-

erature had dropped to 11.6° C. The older larvae present during

July, 1962

NAUTILUS

11

BOTTOM TEMPERATURE

JAN. 1950 —APR. 1951

I I I I I I I I I I I I I 1 I I I I I I I I

LI

"*> £" o ■» » "^

JAN.I950— APR.I951

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I II II

4rU-

3 £ f

December were able to survive at a temperature as low as 6.8° C.

recorded on December 1 1 .

The data presented with respect to larval distribution leads

to the conclusion that the spawning period of B. recurvus ex-

tends from early June until November. The greater number of

larval stages was observed in late summer which indicates that

the greater percentage of setting takes place during late August

and September. This observation is supported by the observa-

12 nautilus Vol. 76 (1)

tions on the development of the gonads and the small size range

of the mussels collected in October.

The distributional data on the larval stages also point to the

existence of three relatively distinct periods of spawning: an

early spawning in June, a mid-season spawning in late

July and August, and a late spawning in November. As noted

(table I) in following the seasonal variation of the pre-hinge

stage, the larval stages increase during June and early July, but

are then absent from the plankton. They occur in abundance

during August and September, but are again absent in late

October. Finally, they are present in mid-November. This sea-

sonal pattern of distribution is followed also by the hinge and

post-hinge stages. Acceptance of the three distinct spawning

periods would explain the absence of the post-hinge stage during

late July and early August.

Explanation of three such periods on the basis of environ-

mental factors is not possible. Whedon (1936) and Young (1942,

1946) reported similar observations on Mytilus calif ornianus.

Numerous other investigators have made similar observations

on other species of pelecypods, and have shown that either a

rise or a drop in temperature may induce spawning in these

forms (Berner 1935) . In lamellibranchs, spawning is usually as-

sociated with rising temperature. The conclusion of Pelseneer

(1938) and Nelson (1928b) is that when a critical temperature

is reached, spawning occurs above that point, but below that

temperature it does not occur. Galtsoff (1938, 1940), however,

points out that in the oyster, "There exist several 'critical'

temperatures for spawning of males and females, apparently

determined by their physiological conditions . . . The idea

(therefore) of a single critical temperature effective in inducing

spawning in all oysters of a given population . . . should be

abandoned."

Possibly, considering the long period of sexual maturity of the

gonads in B. recurvus, the physiological conditions result in dif-

ferent spawning periods for individual mussels.

Discussion: The gross morphology of Brachidontes recurvus is

apparently the same as that observed by Field (1922) lor Mytilus

edulis and as that given by Wiborg (1946) for Modiola modiolus

Personal observation has indicated that the same is true for

July, 1962 nautilus 13

Modiolus = Volsella demissus.

The location of the gonad tissue in the curved mussel is es-

sentially the same as that observed in the above mentioned forms.

Wiborg (1946) states that in Modiola modiolus the gonad tissue

has the same arrangement as in the sea mussel with the excep-

tion of the mantle lobes which are thin and membrane-like,

similar to the condition existing in the young sea mussel. The

gonad tissue, however, of B. recurvus does penetrate into the

mantle to such an extent that at the time of maturity the mantle

is actually a large gonad.

Coe (1943) observed that the majority of pelecypods have

separate sexes with an occasional hermaphrodite making its ap-

pearance. He found that a study of juveniles was necessary to

ascertain the sexual condition of the individual. In addition to

these two forms, examination was made of specimens of Modiolus

demissus, Mytilus edulis, and M. calif ornianus. In none of these

species did he find any evidence of ambisexuality except in un-

differentiated gonads and only an occasional hermaphrodite.

The occurrence of males and females was about equal. Wiborg

(1946) found that the sexes of Modiolus modiolus are usually

separate with hermaphrodites occurring in 2 to 8% of the in-

dividuals. In some hermaphrodites of this species, the female

tissue is located as a ball in the middle of the mesosoma and is

surrounded by the male tissue, while in others the male and fe-

male tissue is evenly distributed.

In B. recurvus, resemblance to the above forms is evident in

that the sexes are separate in those observed and are also ap-

proximately evenly divided. Of all the specimens examined, there

were no hermaphrodites and there was no ambisexuality.

Loosanoff and Davis (1951) have observed resorption of gonad

tissue following spawning in Mercenaria = Venus. This con-

dition was not noted in any of the curved mussels; the repro-

ductive tissue merely becomes degenerate.

The protracted spawning period is similar to conditions re-

ported by Young (1946) on Mytilus californianus although dif-

ferent seasons of the year are involved. Engle and Loosanoff

(1943) discuss the setting of M. edulis from early June to the

end of August at Milford, Conn., thus indicating a relatively

short spawning period for this form. Battle (1932) , while as-

14 nautilus Vol. 76 (1)

sociating spawning of M. edulis and Macoma balthica in Pas-

samaquoddy Bay with lunar tidal cycles, gives their spawning

period as extending from mid-June to mid-September. Sullivan

(1948) notes the occurrence of larvae of Mytilus edulis from late

May until the end of August in Malpeque Bay. In regard to

the instances mentioned, the spawning period of B. recurvus in

Upper Chesapeake Bay extends at least 2 or 3 months longer than

that of the forms previously mentioned.

Wiborg (1946) says that Modiolus modiolus spawns in March

and April and that spawning may be completed within a single

day, all individuals in a specific bed spawning simultaneously.

This is not true of the curved mussel at Hackett's Bar, as spawn-

ing continues there throughout the summer and fall.

The question of critical temperatures and spawning of the

curved mussel has already been considered. The observations

reported in this study support those of Young (1946) and

others on Mytilus calif or nianus. Nelson (1928b) who reported

that lamellibranchs fall within the group which breed at a

definite temperature, observed that the curved mussel spawns

along the coast of New Jersey when the water temperature

reaches 25° C. I observed that B. recurvus spawns at much lower

temperatures in the upper Chesapeake Bay. The highest tempera-

ture recorded during the period of this study was 24.5° C.

Summary

Specimens of the curved or hooked mussel, Brachidontes re-

curvus (Rafinesque) , used in this study were collected from

Hackett's Bar, located on the western shore of the Chesapeake

Bay, approximately two nautical miles above the mouth of the

Severn River.

A group of mussels representing the size range at each collec-

tion from March, 1959, through April, 1951, were fixed in Bouins

and stained with hematoxylin and eosin or with Mallory's Triple

stain for examination of the gonads and internal anatomy.

Plankton samples were taken simultaneously with collection of

mussels in order to determine the seasonal distribution and rela-

tive abundance of the larval stages. At the same time, determina-

tions of salinity and temperature of the water just above the

bar were made.

B. recurvus is dioecious and does not show alternation of sex

July, 1962 nautilus 15

or hermaphroditism in any specimens examined. The gonad

tissue of both sexes of the mussel, when mature, occupies the

entire mantle and mesosoma and penetrates into the digestive

diverticula, where it is found adjacent to the liver canals. There

is no evidence of resorption as it occurs in some bivalves.

Sexual maturity exists from June through October, and per-

haps even longer in some cases. Spawning occurs from June until

November with the greater degree of the spawning in summer

and early fall.

Spawning is not influenced by any single critical temperature.

Literature cited

Abbott, R. T. 1954. American Seashells. Van Nostrand, New

York. 541 pp.

Battle, H. I. 1932. Contr. Canad. Biol, and Fish. 7: 257-275.

Berner, L. 1935. Bull. Inst. Oceanogr. 680: 1-8.

Beaven, G. F. 1947, Observations on the fouling of shells in the

Chesapeake Bay area. Address Nat. Shellfish Assoc: 13-15.

Chestnut, A. F. 1949. The oyster industry of North Carolina and

some of its problems. Address Nat. Shellfish Assoc: 39-42.

Coe, W. R. 1943. Quart. Rev. Biol. 18: 154-164.

Engle, J. B. and V. L. Loosanoff 1943. Anat. Rec 87: 12.

1948. The condition of natural reefs and other public oyster

bottoms of Alabama in 1943 with suggestions for their im

provement. Spec. Sci. Rept. No. 29 Fish and Wildlife Serv.,

U. S. Dept. Int. 42 pp.

1948. Investigation of the oyster reefs of Mississippi, Louisi-

ana, and Alabama following the hurricane of September 19,

1947. Spec. Sci. Rept. No. 59 Fish and Wildlife Serv., U. S.

Dept. Int. 71 pp.

Field, I. A. 1922. Bull. U. S. Bur. Fish. 38: 127-259.

Frey, D. G. 1946. Oyster bars of the Potomac River. Spec. Rept.

No. 32 Fish, and Wildlife Serv., U. S. Dept. Int. 93 pp.

Galigher, A. E. 1934. The Essentials of Practical Microtechnique.

Albert E. Galigher, Inc., Berkeley, Calif. 288 pp.

Galtsoff, P. S. 1938. Biol. Bull. 75: 286-307.

--— 1940. Biol. Bull. 78: 117-135.

Littleford, R. A., C. L. Newcombe, and B. B. Shepherd 1940.

Ecol. 21: 308-322.

Loosanoff, V. L. and H. C. Davis 1951. Jour. Mar. Res. 10: 197-

202.

Nelson, T. C. 1928a. Biol. Bull. 55: 180-192.

1928b. Sci. 67: 220-221.

Newcombe, C. L. and H. Kessler 1936. Ecol. 17: 429-443.

16 nautilus Vol. 76 (1)

Pelseneer, P. 1935. Essai d'Ethologie Zoologique d'apres L'etude

dos Mollusques. Acad. Roy. de Belgique. Classe des Sciences.

Fondation Agathon de Potter., No. 1. 662 pp.

Sullivan, C. M. 1948. Bull. Fish. Res. Bd. Canad. 77: 1-36.

Whedon, W. F. 1936. Univ. Calif. Publ. Zool. 41: 35-44.

Wiborg, K. F. 1946. Undersokelser over obskjellet (Modiola

modiolus). Fisk. Direct. Skrif. 8: 1-85.

Young, R. T. 1942. Ecol. 23: 490-492.

1946. Ecol. 27: 354-363.

PUERTO RICAN LAND OPERCULATES

By H. BURRINGTON BAKER

The symbols for Puerto Rican localities have been explained

recently (1961).

Alcadia (Striatemoda) striata (Lamarck) and form stibfusca

(Menke) . Typical form (with thickened peristome) infrequent;

shells usually yellowish unicolor (Enl, Er3, Es4, Jnl, Prl-3, Wr3)

but also bicolor fulvous, with light sutural and (weaker) peri

pheral bands and basal spot (Pr6, Ps2, Wn, Wr3; and Ws, but

paler) ; good climber, up to 10 ft.; males and females subequal

in size. Paedogenetoid (with "immature" shell but often sexually

mature) form subfusca common, almost everywhere. (Ee, Es, Jn,

Js, Pn, Pr, Ps, Wn, Wr, Ws); climbing but also under leaves on

ground, 0-4000 ft. Animal dark above, bluish black on dorsum

of head and tentacles; tail lighter, attenuate; sole weakly tri-

partite; secretes copious mucus.

Alcadia (Hjalmarsona) hjalmarsoni (Pfeiffer) . Terrestrial;

Pr3, 4, 6, Wr; western highlands, 1800-3400 ft.; males and

females subequal in size; shell uniformly yellowish, tinged with

fulvous, which becomes stronger near peristome. Animal green-

ish, with dark olive blotches and darker tentacles: sole weakly

tripartite.

Alcadia (Schrammia) alta (Sowerby) . Subarboreal, aestivating

in dead Cecropia leaves, caught in vines, etc., 4-10 ft. above

ground; Es, Jn, Pn, Pr; 100-4000 ft.; absent from wettest (Er)

and driest places; males commonly smaller and higher but inter-

grading widely with females; yellowish and fulvous forms sub-

equal in numbers, but some lots all fulvous. Foot with some

grayish blotches on sides; sole as in preceding.

Helicina (s. s.) phasianella "Sowerby" Pfeiffer. Rare, but good

climber up trees on dampish lowlands (En, Jn, Ws; 0-400 ft.) but

commoner and subarboreal (often roosting in folded pinnae of

palms) at western (driest) end of Cordillera Central (Wr3,

around 3000 ft.) ; males and females subequal in size. Shell color

July, 1962 nautilus 17

ranging from light unicolor (only Wr3) with trace of chalky

white, peripheral band (most constant feature) through very

variable patterns of spiral bands and/or flammulations, to al-

most solid fulvous (1 shell) . Animal with attenuate, leaf-like

tail.

Lucidella (Poenia) umbonata (Shuttleworth) . Weak climber

on driest limestone rocks, Ps, Wn, Ws and Mona Island (Clench,

1951); fulvous color form commoner than yellowish; no data on

sexes yet.

L. (Poeniella) plicatula vinosa (Shuttleworth, 1854: 92) . Ter-

restrial, En, Jn, Pn, Pr, Wr, Wn, Ws, Ww, 0-4000 ft.; apparently

absent from wettest (Er) and driest (Ps) places; fulvous (vinosa)

color form commoner than yellowish; no data on sexes. Shell

smaller (down to maj. diam. 3 mm.) than typical plicatula, es-

pecially in lowlands (near San Juan, Jsl, now selected as type

locality) but attaining maj. diam. 4.1 mm. with 4s/4 whorls in

highlands (Pr) , rounded to subangulate, with rounded or flattish

growth riblets, separated by interspaces (varying in same lot)

from 1 to over 2 times their width above periphery of last whorl

(more widely spaced below) ; umbilical callus varying (ap-

parently with age) from depressed and punctulate (Cf. van der

Schalie, pi. 1, figs. 5) to convex and almost smooth; with basal

peristome varying similarly from slenderly sinuous (figs, cited)

through (commonly) strongly swollen to (weakly and rarely)

subdentate; fresh ones with sharp, submicroscopic, spiral striae,

most evident in interspaces but weakly surmounting growth

riblets.

Obviously, this small species is transported adventitiously and,

because of variation in these lots, the following (at least) are

considered conspecific, although larger series may prove them

also to be island subspecies:

Vieques: ANSP. 14836, vinosa (Riise!) . St. Kitts, Leeward Is.:

ANSP. 62062, type lot of "var." christophori (Pilsbry, 1897(3):

118, but used by me, 1923, as species or subspecies): sizeable

series of youngish (depressed umbilical callus) but mature, fresh

whells varying from size of plicatula (maj. diam. 5 mm., with

4i/o whorls and even more "subdentate" than Pfeiffer's, Conch.

Cab., pi. 8, figs. 39-42; not 36-39) to (rarely) size and form of

vinosa. Guadeloupe: 2 small lots; ANSP. 14798 (Grasset!) about

size of plicatula (so labeled) but not markedly subdentate;

ANSP. 14785 (Marie!) whitish whells size of vinosa (labeled

euglypta). Martinique: no shells seen, but type locality of Heli-

cina plicatula Pfeiffer, 1849, and of H. euglypta Crosse, 1874

(influenced by Franco-Prussian wrar?) . St. Lucia: L. denseplicata

18 nautilus Vol. 76 (1)

A. J. Wagner, 1910, Conch. Cab.: 348, pi. 69, figs. 14 & 15. St.

Vincent: "H. rugosa Pfr." E. A. Smith, 1895, Proc. Malac. Soc.

London J: 311, with vinosa and ignicoma as synonyms? Trini-

dad: H. ignicoma Guppy, 1868, apparently founded on youngish

shells, but maj. diam. 4.5 mm. Barbados: ANSP. 14783, labeled

"H. conoidca Pfr., var." by Bland. Santo Domingo, northeast

coast: L. (P.) samana Pilsbry, 1928(24) : 481, pi. 27, figs. 6 & 7;

type shell with only traces of spirals because obviously subfossil

and apparently with calc. deposit. Gonave I., Haiti: L. (P.)

gonavensis Pilsbry, loc. cit., figs. 8 &: 9; type shell bleached.

L. (P.) barbadensis (Pfeiffer, 1854) from Barbados. Distinct

species, but probably a Poeniella, with mainly much finer but

more irregular, growth threads. Includes ANSP. 14916 from

Bland (labeled barbadensis) ; 85468 (L. B. Brown, 1903!) ; 14926

from Swift (labeled H. conoidea Pfr.?) ; briefly keeled and de-

cidedly angulate to higher shells which are less angular; varying

from 3.1 to 5.7 mm. in diam.; approaching H. conoidea Pfr.,

1854, and L. holoserica A. J. W., 1910: 350, pi. 69, figs. 16-19,

but at least slightly angulate, often lighter at periphery but never

with as sharp a peripheral band as in Wagner's figs, (but not men-

tioned in his description) ; both fulvous and yellowish forms.

(H. grenadensis Smith, 1895: 318, pi. 21, figs. 16-18, from Gren-

ada, seems similar to conoidea.)

Fadyenia (s. s.) portoricensis (Pleiffer). On and under rocks

and superfically on dead leaves; Pn2, Wn, Wr2, 3; 0-3000 ft.;

both yellowish and fulvous color forms present. Sole tripartite,

with 1 or 2 coarse waves on middle area.

Typical Fadyenia probably is carried adventitiously; it also

occurs in Venezuela. In fact, F. portoricensis is quite similar to

the variable F . lindsleyana (C. B. Adams) , and possibly some

of Chitty's obsolete Jamaican "species" may prove to be synonyms

of it.

Ceratodiscus portoricanus Pilsbry &: Vanatta. Quite deep in

leaf humus; Pn, Pr3, 5, Wr, 100-3000 ft. west of San Juan; yel-

lowish form commoner than fulvous. Shell (held upright like

in planorbids) with two, serrate, spiral flanges of attached mud

(like in Fadyenia); sole more weakly tripartite than in Fadyenia,

but with similar locomotion.

Stoastomops (s. s.) puertoricana H. B. Baker. Only known

from type locality (Ps2) and Mona Island (Clench, 1951) but

easily missed because of excellent camouflage; however special

searches were made for it on the northern limestone, especially

where Pseudopineria, which also covers itself with limestone

dust, was collected; color forms and habitats discussed when

July, I 962 NAUTILUS 19

described (1911c: 1). Foot whitish. Other two known species

from Jamaica and Curacao.

S. (Swiftella) boriqueni H. B. Baker. Only known from type

locality (Ws) and discussed when described (1941c: 2) .

Megalomastoma (s. s.) verruculosum (Shuttleworth). Er3,

empty shells frequent in one small area, about 2000 ft. elevation;

see notes quoted by van der Schalie (1948: 30). The one male

animal has a short foot and salmon-pink tentacles.

M. (Nesopupina) croceum (Gmelin) . Burrowing; En, Es2, Jn,

Pn, Wn; males averaging smaller but extensively intergrading in

size with females; no differences in the animal from that of

hjalmarsoni were noted.

M. (N.) croceum hjalmarsoni Pfeiffer. In dirt; Pr, Wr, 2000-

4000 ft. in Cordillera Central; relative differences between

sexes much as in croceum. Animal with whitish triangle on back

of head; foot darker on sides and sole slate color; apparently

sluggish (or timid) since my notes despairingly state: "None

move."

Most of my lots of the highland and lowland forms could be

separated on size alone, if sex differences be taken into con-

sideration, although those from Pr6 and Wr2 are intermediate

in size. Like most burrowing snails, the shells of living adults

of typical croceum are devoid of epidermis, and even of patches

of ostracum, so that they look like "bones." No examples of this

species were seen above 1500 ft. elevation in the Luquillo Mts. All

examples of hjalmarsoni from Prl (4000 ft. elevation) and Wr3

(3000 ft.) and one shell from Wr2 retain the brownish to chest-

nut-olive epidermis, and traces are visible on some of the others

(See 1943b: 106-107) .

Crocidopoma (Amphicyclotulus) portoricense (O. Boettger) .

Not collected; although a few hours were spent above 1500 ft.

on Rio Blanco (Er5) , I was unaware of its description; it may

be very local (like M. verruculosum) or extinct (most of the

slopes below looked like grasslands) .

Licina (Choanopomops) decussata (Lamarck) and approach-

ing senticosa (Shuttleworth); type locality for latter, now selected,

Vieques Island. Good climber on trees, off limestone (Ee; all

decussata; 80% males out of 15 of which sex known) ; on lime-

stone (En: intergrading with senticosa, van der Schalie's pi. 2,

fig. 3; 59% males out of 92) ; on limestone cliffs (Jn2; 2 males,

both nearer senticosa) . Males considerably smaller but inter-

grading in size with females, as usual in American pomatiids.

L. (C.) decussata yaucoi, new subspecies. Figs. 1

Shell similar to senticosa but ground color lighter, with

20

NAUTILUS

Vol. 76 (1)

'MWN

Fig. 1. Licina decussata yaucoi H. B. Baker. Type shell on left; detail of

subsutural sculpture (scale = 1 mm.) at right.

stronger and more distantly spaced (7-8 per mm. on last whorl)

growth riblets, which are broken almost completely by the

spirals into elongate nodules; sutural crests almost confluent

and becoming gradually higher in series of 9 to 11, so as to

render suture serrate (rather than crenulate as in senticosa) ; per-

istome markedly duplex; outer one with high crest over parietal

angle and broader on columellar side (often weakly crenulate) .

Type (female) shell: length 16.3 mm., maj. diam. 53(8.7 mm.),

minor diam. 45 (7.3 mm.) ; peristome (outside) 39 (6.3 mm.) by

57 (3.6 mm.) ; aperture (inside) 28 (3.0 mm.) by 83 (2.5 mm.)

with 4 whorls remaining. ANSP. 256031. Type locality: east of

Tallaboa (Psl) ; 2 males and 3 females.

L. (C.) decussata yaucoi, var. a. Ps2: 1 male and 3 females. Ps3;

on trees, 2-8 ft. up, during rain; 56% males out of 16; seen copu-

lating. Riblets similarly spaced to yaucoi but much less broken

into nodules by spirals; peristome less expanded and less crested

(thus approaching senticosa).

L. (Chondropomops) aguadillensis (Pfeiffer) . Weakly climbing

on limestone rocks after rain, Wn; males 54% out of 156, but

many accidentally mixed are excluded and these seem mainly

males. Shells like van der Schalie's pi. 2, fig. 4, which resembles

an old male, but commonly with less protruded inner peristome

and often with lower crest above parietal angle; growth riblets

finer and weaker than in turnerae and with their sutural crests

July, 1962 nautilus 21

completely fused into clumps of 2 or more; outer peristome re-

flexed almost into plane of aperture.

L. (C.) aguadillensis turnerae (Clench) , the "roughly sculp-

tured" variety of 1941c: 3. Near Cerro Capron (Ps2) under and on

top of limestone rocks; 62% males out of 42. Shells like Clench's,

1951, fig. 1, excellent photograph of (youngish female of?) this

suhspecies (from Mona I.) but, when fully developed, with more

duplex peristome and higher parietal crests (but all less so than

in typical aguadillensis, and with outer peristome more expanded

than reflexed) and with sutural crests of riblets more accentuated

(but separated) , usually in pairs at irregular intervals.

L. (C.) aguadillensis turnerae, var. a. Ws; no data on habits,

but 68% males out of 37. Somewhat intermediate between turne-

rae and typical aguadillensis, but closer to the former; accentu-

ated, paired, sutural crests of riblets joined proximally but dis-

tinct at their edges.

The above 3 varieties are considered conspecific, but probably

the late Dr. Bartsch would have described them as separate

species, and I cannot prove their intergradation, perhaps be-

cause no collections were made at interposed localities. The

operculum is as usually in Choanopomops, i.e., with the cal-

careous plate incomplete and much closer to the horny one than

in Choanopoma, although often roughly parallel to it, as in the

southern Tudora or in Jamaican Colobostylus. Dr. van der

Schalie's figure of senticosa (cited above) also shows the cal-

careous plate of the operculum clearly, and its black border

probably represents the protruding horny plate.

L. (C.) graminosa H. B. Baker. Terrestrial habits discussed in

description (1941c: 3) ; apparently prefers deeper and rottener

soil; Psl & 2.

Chondropoma (Chondropomorus) blauneri (Shuttleworth) .

Only found at what is now selected as the type locality, La

Valvera, near Humacao (Es3). Apparently good climber on trees

and not searched for under rocks, but, when animals were ex-

amined (months later) every living adult was a male.

These data seem to indicate that, at least during excessively

dry weather, the males are more persistent climbersl As already

indicated, the opercula of these Puerto Rican species approach

those of the subgenus Cistula (-(- Parachondria Dall); Cf. van

der Schalie, pi. 2, fig. 4.

Chondropoma (Chondropomorus) yunquei H. B. Baker. Only

known from type locality (Er2) ; habits and sizes discussed in

description (1941c: 4); 71% males out of 24. Evidently closest to C.

22 NAUTILUS Vol. 76 (1)

conseptum (Martens) , as figured by van der Schalie, 1948: pi. 2,

fig. 8, from Aguas Buenas, and collections from the intervening

22 miles might show that intermediates exist.

Chondropoma (Chondropomorus) riisei (Pfeiffer) . Good

climber up to 10 ft. on trees; unlike two preceding species, only

found by me on or near limestone; Jn, Wn (67% males out of

27) . Described as a Cistula.

C. riisei newtoni (Shuttleworth) . Abundant; good climber up

to 10 ft. on trees and also on rocks; limestone canyon of Rio

Grande de Arecibo; Pnl (now selected as exact type locality;

57% males out of 122) and Pn2. Sides of foot pale greenish,

shading into light chrome near sole; tentacles light but eyes

black; "muzzle" streaked and spotted with dark olive; sole bi-

partite (as usual in pomatiids) .

C. terebra Pfeiffer, 1861, appears to be a junior synonym, and

his "Sierra Morales" about 10 miles southeast of this locality;

from van der Schalie's (1948: 34) map for C. riisei, the latter may

have collected there. About the only excuse for the retention

of newtoni, even as a local race, is that it has a name.

Chondropoma (s. s.) schaliei H. B. Baker. Also on top of rocks,

copulating; Pnl, 2; general habits given in description (1950:

18). Body slightly pinkish, with salmon tentacles.

Of the 149 samples of known sex in the type lot (Ps2) 63%

are males. Statistically tested, this difference in numbers between

the two sexes is very significant but, when correlated with the

data on C. blauneri, it may indicate only that one can fail to

make a random sample, even in a small area. At least, the pre-

ponderance of males obtained in all the largest lots of pomatiids,

accentuates the need for great care in collection of samples, if

ones wishes to use statistical methods in systematics.

Years ago, a lengthy mathematic study (unpublished) was

made of a large series of Allogona townsendiana minor (or

ptychophora) , and the combined total gave a very platycurtic

"curve," which was significantly bimodal largely because I had

picked up every example of the rarer, but bigger and prettier,

ecologic form lombardi (-f- castanea). Incidentally, lombardi

failed to intergrade in size with the typical form in one small

area in the Bitter Root Mts., where their habitats were sharply

demarcated, but both forms intergraded when their biotic con-

ditions also did.

References: Listed in 1961, Naut. 74: 142-149, to 75: 145.

July, 1962 nautilus 23

A NEW ENDODONTID LAND SNAIL FROM GUATEMALA

By FRED G. THOMPSON

Department of Zoology, University of Miami

During February through May, 1956, Paul F. Basch assembled

a collection of inland mollusks from northeastern Guatemala.

The major portion of this collection has already been reported

(Basch, 1959). During the identification of the material upon

which Basch based his report, several problematic species were

put aside for future examination by me. These problematic

species were collected in areas other than Tikal National Park,

and did not pertain to his study. One of the more noteworthy

of these species is a new endodontid snail, which is described

below, and which I have the pleasure of naming after its collector:

Punctum baschi new species.

Spire moderately elevated, conical; surface satiny; color red-

dish brown with light tan flammulations which are 2-5 ribs wide;

6 flammulae present on body whorl, 5 on penultimate whorl, flam-

mulae indistinct on earlier whorls; whorls 5y4, closely coiled,

shouldered, slowly increasing in size; whorls of spire nearly flat-

sided; body whorl rounded, slightly flattened below; embryonic

whorls 15/g , hyaline, glassy, colorless, smooth; remaining whorls

crossed by moderately strong, regularly spaced retractile radial

ribs, which abruptly appear immediately after the embryonic

whorls; ribs strongest near the upper suture; ribs on earlier

whorls stronger and more widely spaced than ribs on later whorls;

74 ribs on body whorl, about 0.1 mm. apart and about 1/7 the

width of their intervals near the upper suture, continuous into

the umbilicus, becoming finer on base of body whorl, and again

becoming strong in umbilicus; finer sculpture consisting of 5-15

fine radial striations between each pair of ribs; striations equally

spaced and crossed by similarly spaced, incised spiral striations

which are continuous across the ribs and become much finer on

the ribs. The radial and spiral striations give the surface of the

whorls a fine, regular, checkered appearance which is readily

seen under high magnification (x 100). Striations most distinct

on umbilical surface of whorls; umbilicus 1/4 major diameter,

open to embryonic whorls; body whorl becoming slightly more

basal than earlier whorls, tending to constrict the umbilicus;

suture deeply impressed, descending slightly to the aperture,

w^hich is broadly ovate-lunate; colmellar margin of aperture re-

flected; parietal callus thick, replacing ribs of penultimate whorl.

Measurements of the holotype: major diameter, 3.96 mm.;

24

NAUTILUS

Vol. 76 (1)

1

Fig. 1. Punctum baschi Thompson, type shell.

minor diameter 3.63 mm.; height, 3.58 mm.; diameter of um-

bilicus, 0.99 mm.; diameter of aperture, 1.54 mm.; height of

aperture, 1.38 mm.; 5% whorls.

Measurements of one paratype: major diameter, 3.85 mm.;

minor diameter, 3.47 mm.; height, 3.03 mm.; diameter of um-

bilicus, 1.0 mm.; diameter of aperture, 1.54 mm.; height of

aperture, 1.43 mm.; 5i/2 whorls.

Holotype: UMMZ. 206682; Coban-Sebol road, 55 miles north-

east of Coban, Guatemala; collected by Paul F. Basch, May 6,

1956. Paratypes: UMMZ. 206683 (2) ; same data as the holotype.

This species is provisionally assigned to the genus Punctum

because of the similarity of its sculpture to that of species of

the section Toltecia Pilsbry, 1926 (Baker, 1927) . P. baschi most

closely resembles P. coloba (Pilsbry, 1894) and P. textilis (Pils-

bry, 1920) , which are also of uncertain generic affinities. It is

readily distinguished from these two species by its larger size,

July, 1962 nautilus 25

shape, larger umbilicus and its flammulate color pattern. P.

coloba is about 1.3 mm. high, and 2.0 mm. wide P. textilis is

about 1.95 mm. high, and 1.95 mm. wide. In both species, the

umbilicus is about 1/5 the diameter of the shell, and the shell

is unicolor.

References

Baker, H. B. 1927. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 79: 223-246.

Basch, P. F. 1959. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich., (612) : 1-15.

Pilsbry, H. A. 1894. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 46: 304.

■ 1920. Ibid., 73: 195-202.

1926. Ibid. 78: 57-126.

LOCALITIES FOR NEW HAMPSHIRE LAND MOLLUSKS

By LOWELL L. GETZ

Museum of Zoology, University of Michigan

There are few published locality records for terrestrial mol-

lusks in New Hampshire. F. C. Baker (1942) summarized the

records published up to that time. A check of the literature re-

veals no further records for the land snails of this state.

During the month of July, 1960, I spent several days collecting

mollusks in the White Mountains of New Hampshire. Material

was obtained from 16 localities encompassing most of the moun-

tain range. All collections were made from under the logs and

debris on the ground near the highway or in state and national

parks or campsites. In all 23 species were obtained, 4 of which

(Haplotrema concavum, Vertigo gouldi, Punctum minutissimum

and Arion subfuscus) appear to be new state records. Two

others, Striatum milium, and Euconulus chersinus have been

listed as "rare" by Baker (op. cit.) . In view of the paucity of

information concerning the mollusks of New Hampshire these

locality records are made available.

I wish to thank Drs. John B. Burch and Henry van der Schalie

for assisting in the determinations. I wish also to thank Dr. Co.

O. van Regteren Altena of the Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke

Historie, Leiden, Netherlands for making the identifications of

the Arion subfuscus. The specimens have all been deposited

in the collections of the mollusk division of the University of

Michigan Museum of Zoology (except for portions of some of

the lots of slugs, which have been sent to the Rijksmuseum van

26 nautilus Vol. 76 (1)

Natuurlijke Historie, Leiden, Netherlands) .

Triodopsis albolabris (Say) . — Grafton Co.: 5 miles west Water-

ville; Carroll Co: 1 mile north Pequaket.

Mesodon thyroides (Say) . — Coos Co.: 6 miles northeast Bret-

ton Woods.

Stenotrema sp. (Say) . — Grafton Co.: 5 miles West Campton.

Haplutrema concavum (Say). — Grafton Co.: 3 miles west

Bretton Woods. Only a single specimen of this species was ob-

tained.

Retinella cf. electnna (Gould). — Grafton Co.: 9 miles north-

east Warren, 4 miles south Waterville, 2 miles northeast Camp-

ton, 3 miles west Bretton Woods, 6 miles southeast Franconia;

Carroll Co.: 16 miles south Gorham, 6 miles south Bretton Woods.

Retinella rhoadsi (Pilsbry). — Carroll Co.: 1 mile north Pe-

quaket; Coos Co.: 6 miles south Gorham.

Euconulus fulvus (Miiller) . — Grafton Co.: 3 miles southeast

Haverhill, 2 miles northeast Campton, 3 miles west Bretton

Woods; Carroll Co.: 6 miles south Bretton Woods, 1 mile north

Pequaket.

Euconulus chersinus (Say) . — Grafton Co.: 2 miles northeast

Campton, 4 miles south Waterville, 9 miles northeast Warren;

Coos Co.: 6 miles northeast Bretton Woods.

This species apparently is rare; only one specimen was ob-

tained at each of the four localities.

Striatum exigua (Stimpson) . — Grafton Co.: 5 miles west

West Campton, 2 miles northeast Campton, 3 miles west Bretton

Woods, 4 miles south Waterville, 9 miles northeast Warren;

Coos Co.: 6 miles northeast Bretton Woods.

Striatum milium Morse. — Grafton Co.: 4 miles south Water-

ville, 3 miles west Bretton Woods, 2 miles northeast Campton;

Coos Co.: 6 miles south Gorham.

Zonitoides arboreus (Say) . — Grafton Co.: 5 miles west Water-

ville, 5 miles west West Campton, 3 miles southeast East Haver-

hill, 2 miles northeast Campton, 6 miles southeast Franconia,

3 miles west Bretton Woods, 5 miles southwest Bartlett, 4 miles

south Waterville, 9 miles northeast Warren, 8 miles northwest

North Woodstock; Carroll Co.: 1 mile north Pequaket, 16 miles

south Gorham, 6 miles south Bretton Woods, 1 mile north

North Chatham, 6 miles south Bretton Woods; Coos Co.: 6 miles

northeast Bretton Woods, 6 miles south Gorham.

Deroceras laeve (Miiller). — Grafton Co.: 5 miles west West

Campton, 2 miles northeast Campton, 6 miles southeast Fran-

conia, 3 miles west Bretton Woods, 8 miles northwest North

Woodstock; Carroll Co.: 1 mile north North Chatham: Coos Co.:

6 miles northeast Bretton Woods, 6 miles south Gorham.

July, 1962 nautilus 27

Anguispira alternata (Say) . — Grafton Co.: 9 miles northeast

Warren.

Discus cronkhitei (Newcomb) . — Grafton Co.: 5 miles west

West Campton, 3 miles southeast East Haverhill, 2 miles north-

east Campton, 6 miles southeast Franconia, 3 miles west Bretton

Woods, 5 miles southwest Bartlett, 4 miles south Waterville, 9

miles northeast Warren, 8 miles northwest North Woodstock;

Carroll Co.: 1 mile north Pequaket, 16 miles south Gorham, 6

miles south Bretton Woods; Coos Co.: 6 miles northeast Bretton

Woods, 6 miles south Gorham.

All specimens belonged to the subspecies catskillensis.

Helicodiscus parallelus (Say). — Grafton Co.: 5 miles west

Waterville, 3 miles southeast East Haverhill, 2 miles northeast

Campton, 6 miles southeast Franconia, 5 miles southwest Bart-

lett, 8 miles northwest North Woodstock; Carroll Co.: 1 mile

north Pequaket, 6 miles south Bretton Woods; Coos Co.: 6 miles

south Gorman.

Punctum minutissimum (Lea) . — Grafton Co.: 5 miles west

Waterville, 3 miles southeast East Haverhill, 3 miles west Bretton

Woods, 5 miles southwest Bartlett, 4 miles south Waterville.

Arion subfuscus (Drap) . — Grafton Co.: 2 miles northeast

Campton, 8 miles northwest North Woodstock; Carroll Co.: 1

mile north Pequaket; Coos Co.: 6 miles south Gorham.

Locally abundant, particularly around camp grounds; 44 speci-

mens were obtained.

Philomycus carolinianiis (Bosc). — Grafton Co.: 5 miles west

Waterville, 3 miles southeast East Haverhill, 2 miles northeast

Campton, 6 miles southeast Franconia, 3 miles west Bretton

Woods, 4 miles south Waterville, 9 miles northeast Warren, 8

miles northwest North Woodstock; Carroll Co.: 16 miles south

Gorham, 6 miles south Bretton Woods, 1 mile north North

Chatham; Coos Co.: 6 miles northeast Bretton Woods.

Pallifera dofsalis (Binney) . — Grafton Co.: 5 miles west Water-

ville, 5 miles west West Campton, 3 miles southeast East Haver-

hill, 2 miles northeast Campton, 6 miles southeast Franconia,

5 miles southwest Bartlett, 4 miles south Waterville, 9 miles

northeast Warren, 8 miles northwest North Woodstock; Carroll

Co.: 1 mile north Pequaket, 16 miles south Gorham, 6 miles

south Bretton Woods, 1 mile north North Chatham; Coos Co.:

6 miles northeast Bretton Woods, 6 miles south Gorham.

Succinea ovalis (Say) . — Grafton Co.: 6 miles southeast Fran-

conia, 9 miles northeast Warren; Carroll Co.: 6 miles south

Bretton Woods.

Strobilops labyrinthica (Say) . — Grafton Co.: 5 miles west

Waterville, 2 miles northeast Campton, 3 miles west Bretton

28 NAUTILUS Vol. 76 (1)

Woods, 4 miles south Waterville, 8 miles northwest North Wood-

stock; Carroll Co.: 1 mile north Pequaket, 6 miles south Bretton

Woods, 1 mile north North Chatham; Coos Co.: 6 miles south

Gorham.

Vertigo gouldi (Binney) . — Grafton Co.: 5 miles west Water-

ville, 5 miles west West Campton. Apparently rare, only one

specimen was obtained at each station.

Cionella lubrica (Muller) . — Grafton Co.: 2 miles northeast

Campton.

Reference

Baker, F. C. 1942. Land and fresh water Mollusca of New Hamp-

shire. Amer. Midi. Nat. 27: 74-85.

RADULAE OF NORTH AMERICAN FRESHWATER LIMPET

SNAILS. III. FERRISSIA AND LAEVAPEX 1

By PAUL F. BASCH

Department of Biology, Kansas State Teachers College, Emporia, Kansas

This is the third in a series of papers on the radulae of North

American ancylid snails. These studies are intended to evaluate

the radula as a taxonomic and phylogenetic indicator, partic-

ularly on the generic level, and not primarily to investigate the

ontogeny or peculiarities of this organ in any specific instances.

Illustrations and counts of radular teeth of various American

ancylids have been published several times by myself and others

(Basch, 1959a, b; 1962a, b; Baker, 1928; Walker, 1923), but few

pains have been taken in the past to validate the counts as

taxonomic characters by checking more than a small number of

similar specimens. The present paper is based upon a study

of more than 200 radulae, prepared from animals collected in

all parts of North America with the exception of arctic regions.

Thanks are due to Dr. Henry van der Schalie of the University

of Michigan Museum of Zoology and to Dr. R. Tucker Abbott

of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia for per-

mission to utilize museum specimens from their collections. Ap-

proximately 65 slides were made from such dried specimens by

a process outlined in the first paper of this series (Basch, 1962a) .

i This study was made possible through a grant (G- 14 125) from the

National Science Foundation, to which I am greatly indebted. I am grateful

to Mr. Jack Woodhead and Mr. Edward Garner for assistance in collecting

specimens.

July, 1962 nautilus 29

The remainder of the preparations were made from ancylid speci-

mens collected at various times during the past 5 years, but

principally during the summer of 1961, in which 9 weeks were

devoted exclusively to collecting freshwater limpets. From my

own collections, graded series of specimens could be selected

from distinct populations with known locality and habitat data

and preserved in fluid under uniform conditions. Radulae from

these preserved specimens were made by the cloroxlactophenol

method (Basch, 1961) . In addition to the radulae from museum

specimens, and those from my own field collections, I have ex-

amined all the available ancylid radulae prepared by Rev. H.

M. Gwatkin for Mr. Bryant Walker in the early 1900's, as main-

tained in the University of Michigan Museum of Zoology.

At first sight, the radulae of North American Ferrissia and

Laevapex are rather monotonous. The laterals have about 3

major and several minor cusps, extremely variable from one

individual to another. In Ferrissia these cusps are plate-like and

broadly attached at the bases, while those of Laevapex are more

sharply demarcated. Marginal teeth are straight, at right angles

to the long axis of the ribbon, possessing a subsymmetrical array

of needle-like cusps which are more evident in Laevapex. The

centrals are normally bicuspid, but highly asymmetrical centrals

are found occasionally in an individual selected at random from

a population whose other members are normal (see Fig. 1,H).

An irregularity of this kind is repeated serially along the entire

ribbon. With the relatively small samples studied, a meaningful

estimate of the incidence of this abnormality cannot be pre-

pared, but it appears to be common enough to cast doubt upon

the validity of using the symmetrical or asymmetrical centrals

as a taxonomic character, as has been done with the question-

able genus Gundlachia (see Connolly, 1939, Wurtz, 1951) .

In Ferrissia and Laevapex, the number of transverse rows of

teeth and the number of teeth per row both increase directly

with shell size (see Fig. 2) . Thus the radular formula is of little

use without an indication of the size of the shell from which the

radula was prepared. Such variation with size has been pointed

out for Stylommatophora by Sterki (1893) and Boycott (1914),

and for the limnophile Lymnaea stagnalis by Carriker (1943) ;

and may be a general feature of the pulmonates. The size of

30 nautilus Vol. 76 (1)

individual teeth is difficult to measure with precision, but appears

to remain relatively static or to increase slightly with increasing

shell size. In prosobranchs (Viviparus) the number of teeth per

row is constant throughout life, but their size increases with the

growing snail (Howe, 1930) .

If care is taken with the preparation, measuring, and counting

of the teeth, it is possible to distinguish Ferrissia from Laevapex

by radular characters alone. For animals with shells of the same

length, the teeth of Laevapex are smaller and more numerous

tha.m those of Ferrissia. In particular, for shells between 3 and 6

mi limeters long (the most common range) , Laevapex will usu-

ally have more than 20 teeth on either side of the central, and

Ferrissia fewer than 20. The distance between successive rows in

Laiwapex rarely exceeds 8 microns, while it is usually more than

10 microns in the larger species of Ferrissia, such as F. rivularis.

Spot checks on these characters have been made on radulae from

approximately 40 localities in various parts of the United States,

and I feel confident that they are generally valid and applicable.

Although very young Laevapex may have radular counts and

measurements similar to those of the tiny septate or non-septate

Ferrissia of the fragilis group, there is no possibility of confusing

the two groups because of the great differences in the shells.

The radular teeth of both Ferrissia and Laevapex are extremely

similar to those of many planorbid snails (cf. Baker, 1945;

Hubendick, 1955). Since such a similarity probably would not

arise fortuitously, and on the basis of other anatomical features,

a phylogenetic relationship is suggested, in which the planorbids

are undoubtedly ancestral. Ferrissia and Laevapex may be de-

rived from the Planorbidae either (1) through a common proto-

ancylid ancestor evolved from a single planorbid stock, or (2)

independently, from different groups of planorbids. Many simi-

larities between the two genera under discussion (e.g., radula,

kidney, digestive tract, position of anus, shell musculature)

argue against separate planorbid ancestors and in favor of a

common proto-ancylid type. Anatomical evidence (particularly

the male genitalia) suggests that Laevapex has departed further

from such a type than has Ferrissia, and the far wider geographic

distribution of Ferrissia tends to support such a conclusion. The

group from which the proto-ancylid may have developed appears

July, 1962

NAUTII I S

31

c T 2 3 4 5 6 7 10 15 20

, , 10 15 20

10 15 20

(\A^ (24)

v 91

10 w 15 20

Figure I. Outline drawings ol radular teeth of Laevapex and Ferrissia

all drawn to the same scale- with the aid of a camera lucida. Magnification

ai ocular, 1250X; on tabletop, 3100X. For each ribbon the central tooth

is shown at the left, plus at least the first 6 laterals. The numbers ol the othei

teeth are indicated. The figure in parentheses at the- right is the total count

ol teeth from the first lateral to the edge ol the ribbon. Scale line below

central, 5 microns. AH specimens collected and prepared In the author.

\. Laevapex fuscus, Huron River at Ann Arbor, Washtenaw Co., Mich.

Shell length. 5.2 mm. B. /.. fuscus, north pond. Sapelo Island. Mcintosh Co.,

Georgia. Shell length. 5.6 mm. C. /.. fuscus, hike in Melrose. Uachua Co.,

Florida. Shell length. ">.l mm. 1). /.. hemisphaericus, South Fourche Rivei

near Holds, l'err\ Co., Arkansas. Shell length. 5.0 nun. E. Ferrissia fragilis,

marsh near Sunbury, (.ales Co., North Carolina, shell length, L'!' mm. 1

/■'. rivularis, creek near Butte Falls, Jackson Co., Oregon. She'll length, 1.2 mm.

(.. /•. rivularis, Yakima River at Ellensburg, Kittitas Co., Washington. Shell

length, 5.7 mm. II. /•'.. rivularis, stream neat Vellow Springs, Greene Co.,

Ohio. Shell length, 6.2 mm.

32

NAUTILUS

Vol. 76 (i;

1.6

1.5

1.4

1.3

1.2

I.I

1.0

<

<

.7

6

.5

■3f~

.2

.1

Ferrissia, PENNSYLVANIA* -417

Ferrissia, GEORGIA

22 24 width

.5 10 15 20 25 30 3.5 4.0 4.5 5.0 5.5 6.0 65 7.0

LENGTH OF SHELL

Figure -. Analysis of the radular characteristics ol I populations of ancylids.

Ml scale values in millimeters. I lie upper group ol lines indicates (he re-

lationship between length ol shell and length of the radula; the small

number at each point shows the distance, in microns, between successive

lows ol teeth. I he lower group of lines indicates the relationship between

length of shell and width of the radula. The small number at each point

here shows the number of teeth between the central and the edge of the

radula. Note thai the radula of Laevapex is proportionately smaller than

that of Ferrissia, and that teeth are smaller and move numerous.

Crosses, Laevapex fuscus from Sapelo Island, Mcintosh Co., Georgia. Open

circle's, Ferrissia fragilis from ditch, Wayne, Co., Georgia. Closed circles,

Ferrissia rivularis from Canoe Creek. Blair Co., Pennsylvania. Squares, Fer-

rissia rivularis from little Laramie River, Alhanv Co., Wyoming, Lines esti-

mated for best lit.

July, 1962 nautilus 33

to fall into the Planorbis or Segmentina tribes of Hubendick's

subfamily Planorbinae.

Literature cited

Baker, Frank C. 1928. The iresh water Mollusca of Wisconsin.

Part I. Gastropoda. Wisconsin Geol. and Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull.

70: 507. Pp.

Basch, Paul F. 1959a. The anatomy of Laevapex fuscus, a fresh-

water limpet (Gastropoda: Pulmonata) . Misc. Publ. Mus. Zool.

Univ. Mich. 108: 1-56.

1959b. Status of the genus Gundlachia (Pulmonata: An-

cylidae). Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 602: 1-9.

1961. Turtox News 39 (1) : 46.

1962a. Nautilus 75: 97-101.

1962b. Nautilus 75: 141-149.

Boycott, A. E. 1914. Jour, of Conchology. 14: 214:220. (first part) .

Carriker, M. R. 1943. Naut. 57 (2) : 52-59.

Connolly.. M. 1939. A monographic study of South African non-

marine Mollusca. Annals S. Afr. Museum 33: 660 Pp.

Howe, Sam W. 1930. Nautilus 44 (2) : 53-66.

Hubendick, Bengt. 1955 Trans. Zool. Soc. London 28 (6) : 453-

Sterki, Victor. 1893. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 46: 388-440.

Walker, Bryant. 1923. The Ancylidae of South Africa. London.

542.

Privately Printed. 62 Pp.

Wurtz, C. B. 1951. Nautilus 64 (4): 123-131.

MAXWELL SMITH

1888-1961

Maxwell Smith was born March 23rd, 1888, at South Orange,

New Jersey. He was the only child of Maxwell Smith, senior, a

civil engineer of New York city, and Annie Lum Keep, a re-

motely related cousin of Prof. Josiah Keep of Mills College,

California.

After the death of his father when Maxwell was 15 years old,

he and his mother came to La Jolla, California, to spend the

winter, and here he became so devoted to the study of conchology

that their visit stretched out to two years. Upon their return to

New York, he worked for some time in the American Museum

of Natural History assisting Dr. Gratacap, after which he and

his mother spent several years gathering shells around the Medi-

terranean Basin and elsewhere in Europe. On returning to

34 nautilus Vol. 76 (1)

America, they settled down in New York, but, since they thought

that the Empire State did not afford sufficient opportunity for

activity in the field of conchology, they migrated to Florida,

where they remained until the death of Mrs. Smith in 1948, after

which Maxwell again resumed his peregrinations in search of

the elusive snail, over Canada, Cuba, Mexico, Jamaica, Costa

Rica and Panama.

Although he remained a citizen and resident of Florida, he

eventually acquired a summer home in Asheville, North Caro-

lina, where he spent part of every year, and there death called

him September 12th, 1961, as the result of a cerebral haemor-

rhage, which followed several unsuccessful operations for re-

moval of a carcinoma.

Conchology was not Maxwell's only interest. Before taking up

this science, he had become an enthusiastic and skillful photog-

rapher, and he also had an excellent stamp collection, the nucleus

of which he had inherited from his father. Later he took up tape

recording, but the Mollusca always held a prior lien on his atten-

tion over his other interests. He was the author of several books:

East Coast Marine Shells; Catalog of Rock Shells; World Wide

Sea Shells; Review of the Volutidae; Tritons, Harps and Hel-

mets; and Universal Shells, of which only one of 3 projected

volumes has appeared.

A few years ago, the University of Alabama conferred upon

him the honorary degree of Doctor of Science, and in apprecia-

tion of this deserved compliment, Dr. Smith arranged for his

collection and his library to become the property of that

institution.

He was a past president of the American Malacological Union,

and held life memberships in the British Conchological Society

and the Malacological Society of London. Especially among the

members of these, he had many friends, by whom he will be

missed sadly. — Joshua L. Baily, Jr.

NOTES AND NEWS

Dates of the Nautilus. — Vol. 75, no. 1, pp. 1-42, pis. 1-5, was

mailed July 3, 1961. No. 2, pp. 43-86 (pi. 6), Oct. 4, 1961. No.

3, pp. 87-126, pis. 7-10, Jan. 9, 1962. No. 4, pp. 127-166 + title

July, 1962 nautilus 35

page and indexes, pis. 11-16, April 9, 1962. The cost of printing

vol. 75 exceeded the income from subscriptions by over $300, so

the next will return to the traditional 144 pp. — H. B. B.

Correction. — The scale of fig. 1, p. 163, in the last (April)

number, although marked 1 cm., is actually 1/3 cm. in length. —

Jerry Donohue.

Extension of the range of Corbicula fluminea within the Ohio

Drainage. — During the first two weeks of September, 1961, ex-

tensive collections were made along 20 miles of the Green River

in Kentucky. * This area extended from below Central City,

Kentucky, to above Paradise, Kentucky. On Corps of Engineers'

navigational charts this is from approximately mile 82 to mile

102. These collections revealed the presence of large numbers of

Corbicula fluminea.

Information concerning the occurrence of this so-called "Asiatic

clam" in the Tennessee and Cumberland drainages has been

presented by Sinclair and Isom (1961). However, no reports

have been made of its occurrence in the Ohio drainage above the

Cumberland River. This report of its presence 100 miles up-

stream from the confluence of the Green with the Ohio thus

represents a considerable extension of its range.

These Green River collections yielded thousands of individuals

ranging up to a maximum size (length) of 27 mm. No preponder-

ance of any one size class was observed. The highest per unit

area concentration of individuals was observed in those areas

having a sand-mud substrate; substrates of firmer nature yielded

accordingly fewer individuals in apparent direct proportion. Even

those dredge samples taken from the dredged river channel, which

is bedded with firm clay-sand, contained some individuals. Speci-

mens were also collected from under rocks, from between

boulders, and lodged in crevices in wood. Substrate thus does

not appear to be a limiting factor in the distribution of this

species.

To determine the extent of upstream invasion, several collec-

tions were made from the Green River in the vicinity of Mam-

* These collections were made under the auspices of the Limnology De-

partment, The Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Philadelphia,

Pennsylvania.

36 NAUTILUS Vol. 76 (1)

moth Cave National Park. These collections produced no speci-

mens of Corbicula. In attempting to understand the rapid dis-

persal of this species, one is immediately led to speculate on the

possihle role being played by commercial shipping. On the

Green River, there is no commercial traffic above Paradise, Ken-

tucky. The areas of invasion on the Tennessee River and Cum-

berland River are open to commercial navigation. This species

thus seems to be spreading rapidly throughout the navigable

waterways of the Ohio drainage; 1 have received reliable in-

formation that Corbicula now occurs as far upstream on the Ten-

nessee River as Knoxville. One wonders whether or not it has

yet invaded other tributaries of the Ohio River such as the

Wabash. Apparently little ecological resistance exists to prevent

complete dominance of available mussel habitats by this species. —

John M. Bates.

Literature cited

Sinclair, Ralph M. and Billy G. Isom. 1961. A Preliminary Re-

port on the Introduced Asiatic Clam Corbicula in Tennessee.

Tennessee Stream Pollution Control Board, Tennessee De-

partment of Public Health, pp. 1-33.

Additional Wisconsin records of Viviparus contectoide's. —

Previous records consist of a single "bone" from a stream near

Milwaukee (Baker, 1928, Mollusca of Wisconsin), and a report

of their living in abundance in Knight Lake, a small lake at

the upper end of the Chain o'Lakes, Waupaca Co. (Washburn,

1957, Naut. 71 (2) :iii) .

On June 24, 1961, a series of V. contectoid.es was collected

from Sunset Lake, near Waupaca, Waupaca Co. by Miss Joanne

L. Evenson. On August 12, 1961, Miss Evenson found this species

at Lake Geneva, Walworth Co. Shells and dissections of these

specimens are in our museum (Nos. 107266; 110451). Wisconsin

collectors are urged to look for contectoides in other localities.

A revision of the North American viviparids is being prepared

by Dr. William J. Clench, to which I look forward with keen

interest. — Ernest J. Roscoe, Division of Lower Invertebrates,

Chicago Natural History Museum.

Sinistral Polygyridae — A sinistral specimen of Triodopsis

fraudulenta vulgata Pilsbry, a normally dextral snail, was found

July, 1962 nautilus 37

among unsorted material in the Phil L. Marsh collection, now

being incorporated into the Museum of Zoology, University of

Michigan. The shell was mature, in good condition, had the

usual aperture and 5 whorls; however, it was slightly more

depressed than the usual form. The diameter was 13.8 mm. and

the height 6.2 mm. This specimen was collected along the Huron

River near Wagner Road, Washtenaw County, Michigan (no

date) and now has the UMMZ. catalog number 210162. Another

abnormal, i.e. scalariform, though dextral, specimen of T.

fraudulenta vulgata has been previously reported by Solem

(1953, Naut. 67: 18-20).

A sinistral example of Triodopsis albolabris was also contained

in the above mentioned Marsh collection. This specimen was

mature, although badly broken and apparently dead when

collected. It was collected at Waters Road, 14 mile West of

Wagner Road, Washtenaw County, Michigan (UMMZ. 210163) .

Reversely coiled snails have been recorded from a great many

groups. Among the Polygyridae this condition is unusual, but

has been found in at least 10 species and 4 genera. Pilsbry, 1910,

Land Mollusca of North America, Volume I, Part 2, mentioned

the occurrence of sinistrality in the following species: Polygyra

septemvolva Say, P. mooreana (W. G. Binney) , Mesodon zaletus

(Binney) , M. inflectus (Say) , Triodopsis albolabris (Say) , T.

multilineata (Say) , T. hopetonensis (Shuttleworth) , T. fosteri

(F.C.Baker) and Allogona profunda (Say) . Baily (1942, Naut.

55: 102) has reported a sinistral specimen of Polygyra cereolus

(Muhlfeld) and Fluck (1943, Naut. 56: 105) also noted two

left coiled examples of Mesodon zaletus (Binney) . — Norman J.

Reigle, University of Michigan Museum of Zoology.

Nesovitrea (?) harimensis. — In every shell of the type lot

(A.N.S.P. 78824; marked "=doenitzii" by Pilsbry) of Vitrea hari-

mensis Pilsbry, 1900 (24) : 384, from Japan, the umbilicus is

visibly open, as in most Zonitinae. Also, from the thickness of

its parietal callus, the type shell (1.8 x 3.5 mm. with 3i/2 whorls)

may have come from an adult animal. Incidentally, the radular

figure given by Habe, 1945, Venus /-/:24, fig. C, for "Pseudheli-

carion (Urazirochlamys) doenitzi" looks like that of a zonitine.

In contrast, most of the shells of similar size, in the A.N.S.P.

38 nautilus Vol. 76 (1)

lots labeled doenitzi, exhibit the shelly film, which occludes the

umbilicus in so many euconulids (and Helixarioninae) . Even

larger examples, similar in dimensions to those (3.5 x 7 mm. with

5i/2 whorls) given for Hyalina doenitzii Reinhardt, 1877, Sitz.

Ges. nat. Fr. Berlin:68; Jahrb. deutsch. malak. Ges. 4:316, pi. 10,

figs. 3, often retain remnants of this occlusion. Author's examples

of the last have not been seen. — H. Burrington Baker.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED, 1960

Pages in italics include new taxons

Burch, John B. Chromosome numbers of schistosome vector

snails. Zeitschr. Tropenmediz. Parasit. 77:449-452, 8 figs.

Chromosome morphology of aquatic pulmonate snails (Mol-

lusca: Pulmonata) . Trans. Amer. Microscop. Soc. 79:451-461,

13 figs. Chromosome studies of aquatic pulmonate snails.

Nucleus 5:177-208, 162 figs. Burch, P. F. Basch & L. L. Bush.

Chromosome numbers in ancylid snails. Rev. Portug. Biol.

Geral 2:199-204, pi. 1.

Carriker, Melbourne R. Thurlow Christian Nelson, marine bio-

logist. Science 752:1875-1876, portrait.

Habe, Tadashige. New species of molluscs from the Amakusa

Marine Biological Laboratory, Reihoku-Cho, Amakusa, Ku-

mamoto Pref., Japan. Eleven new bivalves from Tanabe Bay,

Wakayama Prest, Japan. Publ. Seto. Mar. Biol. 8: 281-288,

24 figs.; 289-298, 5 figs. Egg masses and egg capsules of some

Japanase marine prosobranchiate gastropod. Bui. Mar. Biol.

Sta. Asamushi Tohoku University 70:121-126, 11 figs.

Merrill, Arthur S. & John B. Burch. Hermaphroditism in the sea

scallop, Placopecten magellanicus (Gmelin) . Biol. Bui. 119:

197-201, 2 figs.

1961

Benthem Jutting, W. S. S. van. The Malayan Streptaxidae genera

Huttonella and Sinoennea. Additional new species and new

localities of the family Vertiginidae and the genera Oophana

and Opisthostoma from Malaya. Bui. Raffles Mus. no. 26:1-32,

7 pis.; 33-48, 7 pis.

Branson, Branley A. The recent Gastropoda of Oklahoma, III.

Proc. Okla. Acad. Sci. 47:45-69, pis. 1 & 2. Notes on some gastro-

pods from northern Louisiana. Proc. La. Acad. Sci. 24:24-30.

Carriker, Melbourne Romaine. Comparative functional mor-

phology of boring mechanisms in gastropods. Amer. Zoologist

7:263-266, fig. 1. Interrelation of functional morphology, be-

havior, and autecology in early stages of the bivalve Mercenaria

THE NAUTILUS

Vol. 76 October, 1962 No. 2

CARIBBEAN MARINE SHELLS

By THOMAS L. MCGINTY

Florida's population expansion appears to have stimulated

interest in shell collecting, particularly in south Florida and that

lovely chain of picturesque islands extending to the southeast,

an area abounding in historic localities from which so many of

our western Atlantic types were collected and described by

d'Orbigny, Reeve, Sowerby, C. B. Adams, Morch and others.

A few notes and observations plus three hitherto undescribed

species from this general Caribbean area are hereby brought to

attention, together with a brief review of the genus Bursa as

presently known from the western Atlantic. Of particular interest

to Florida collectors is the fact that all species in this group may

be taken in south Florida, either from the shallows or the deeper

waters off shore.

Genus BURSA Roding, 1798

Bursa finlayi, new species. Plate 3, fig. 2.

Shell rather large, thin but strong, evenly rounded whorls, rela-

tively slender spire and pronounced sharp heavy nodules at the

shoulder. Whorls 7, plus a white naticoid nucleus of about 4

whorls. Early nuclear whorls sculptured with fine axial riblets

and 3 spiral threads, the riblets disappearing first, then the spiral

threads, leaving the final 1/3 whorl smooth. Shell sculpture con-

sists of beads and nodules arranged in spiral rows, the shoulder

bearing a row of heavy pointed nodules with a second and lesser

row just below at the periphery. Rows of beads and sharp nodules

vary in size, the rows of small and heavy beads often alternate.

Entire surface of shell covered with very fine cancellate sculp-

ture. Varices unevenly spaced, not in line, about 2/3 of a whorl

apart. Color straw, with diffused markings of light brown. Aper-

ture ovate, with a flush of delicate orchid within, and the

parietal wall has some brown between many white folds.

Holotype: Length 43 mm., width 24 mm., U. S. Nat. Mus. no.

634570, dredged 215° off Sombrero Key Light, Florida Keys, on

the rocky Pourtales Plateau, 115 fathoms, McGinty, leg., "Triton"

Station 615, July 8, 1951. Three para types in the McGinty col-

lection from the "Triton" dredging are from off Sand Key Light,

Key West, Florida, 70-75 fathoms.

39

40 nautilus Vol. 76 (2)

Figure 1 and la (nucleus) . — Cuban paratype: Length 84.7 mm.,

width 42 mm., in the McGinty collection, taken by Mr. Finlay

from fish trap, rocky bottom, 100-110 fathoms, at Gibara, Oriente

Province, Cuba, September 1958. Paratypes from the Gibara

station, also from Matanzas Bay, Cuba, 100-125 fathoms, all from

fish traps with hermit crabs, are in the collection of Mr. John

Finlay, and through his generosity a Cuban paratype has been

donated to the USNM.

Remarks. — This new species may best be compared with Bursa

tenuisculpta Dautzenberg and Fischer, 1906, originally described

from Madeira and the Azores, the only Atlantic species to be

placed in the rather artificial subgenus Tutufa Jousseaume, 1881,

with Bursa finlay i now to be added. Bursa fin lay i appears to live

in slightly deeper water, and the shell is larger and more spinose

than B. tenuisculpta.

This attractive large Bursa is named for John Finlay, whose

active research has added greatly to our knowledge of Cuban

shells.

Bursa tenuisculpta, (figure 3) , dredged on the rocky Pourtales

Plateau, off Sombrero Key Light, Florida Keys, 115 fathoms,

McGinty, leg., "Triton," June 14, 1950. (Figured for comparison)

Size: Length 60 mm., width 32.5 mm.

The nuclear shell is almost always eroded on adult specimens

of B. tenuisculpta, but two young specimens, taken in the

"Triton" dredgings off the Florida Keys, have perfect nuclear

whorls showing the same delicate sculpture as B. fmlayi. Both

species have a nucleus of similar size, but with B. tenuisculpta

nearly the entire last whorl is without sculpture, while on B.

finlayi only about the last 1/3 whorl is smooth. I hope that the

nucleus and operculum of the eastern Atlantic B. tenuisculpta

may eventually be compared with this western Atlantic repre-

sentative.

Figure 3a. — Concentric and corneus operculum with central

nucleus from the live specimen of Bursa tenuisculpta shown in

figure 3. Greatest diameter, 10.5 mm.

A brief review of the now known remaining members of the

western Atlantic Bursa group follows:

Bursa thomae (Orbigny, 1842). Range from Palm Beach, Flor-

ida to Brazil. This reef loving species may be taken from very

shallow water, under rocks and coral, or to a depth of about

October, 1962 nautilus 41

40 fathoms. It may readily be identified by its lavender mouth

and small size.

Bursa corrugata (Perry, 181 1) . The brown form of this species,

with flattened outer lip, is figured beautifully in color on plate 9,

figure "k", in Abbott's "American Seashells." I wish to extend

its known ransre from Brazil to off Palm Beach, Florida, 75

fathoms, mud and broken shell, McGinty, leg., "Triton" Station

1242, August 1, 1953. Almost invariably this form, with the

brown lip, is taken with a decollate spire. There is, however,

another smaller variant of B. corrugata, with white lip, which

occurs without decollation. This has been figured (September

1948) on the cover of Lyman's "Shell Notes," Vol. 2, No. 4. It

is quite scarce, but 3 specimens have passed through my hands

for identification, habitats as follows: reef off Ft. Lauderdale,

Florida, 5 fathoms, (J. W. Donovan); reef off Key Largo, Florida,

(C. J. Finlay) ; and from Varadero, Cuba, (H. H. Monroe) .

Bursa cubaniana (Orbigny, 1842). Range from south Florida

to the Caribbean, perhaps the best known in the group. The

writer has observed a female of this species resting upon its

rather large cup shaped egg case, late in spring, under rocks in

very shallow water. I suspect that this position is retained until

the tiny young are ready to be turned loose, as appears to be

the case with our common Cypraea zebra. The female has a

larger shell than the male, and the nucleus of B. cubaniana has

delicate cancellate sculpture, as in B. finlayi.

Bursa spadicea (Montfort, 1810). Range from within Lake

Worth, Florida, (Nautilus 54: 71) to Dutch Guiana, northern

coast of South America. This is a flattened species, always scarce,

with a delicate cancellate nucleus and ungulate operculum.

Genus COLUBRARIA Schumacker, 1817

Colubraria monroei, new species. Plate 3, figs. 4 and la.

Shell small, slender, fusiform, rather thin, of about 5 whorls

including the smooth bulbous nucleus of about iy2 whorls.

Rounded varices, 3 per whorl, axially placed one below another.

Surface delicately and beautifully sculptured with fine spiral

threads and less distinct axial ribs, giving the surface a finely

cancellate appearance. Aperture narrow, long, smooth within;

outer lip thickened by last varix, the edge crenulate. Inner lip

thin, only slightly raised, smooth within. Siphonal fasciole dis-

tinct, open, with a former siphonal fasciole visible from the face

view. Color light straw to white.

42 nautilus Vol. 76 (2)

Holotype: Length 7.2 mm., width 2.7 mm., USNM. no. 634571.

The holotype and two paratypes were collected in fresh condition

from beach drift at Varadero Beach, Cuba, by H. H. Monroe

and a paratype is in his own collection, another in the McGinty

collection.

Remarks. — It is curious that a new Caribbean Colubraria

would appear at this late date, but C. monroei is quite distinct

from the two well known species, lanceolata Menke and obscura

Reeve, both from the same area. C. monroei may easily be iden-

tified by the alignment of the varices on successive whorls, and

also by its much smaller size. This unusually attractive and beau-

tifully sculptured Colubraria is named for Henry H. Monroe,

whose extensive collecting in Cuba and the West Indies has

brought together an outstanding collection from this area.

Genus RISSOINA Orbigny, 1840

Rissoina sheaferi, new species. Plate 3, fig. 5.

Shell large for the genus, slender, strong, of about 11 whorls

including the smooth, rounded nucleus of about 2 whorls. Beau-

tifully sculptured with strong axial ribs and much weaker spirals,

the spirals very weak between the ribs, but a faintly beaded

sculpture developing where the spirals cross the ribs. Sutural

channels weak, siphonal fasciole low and broad, outer lip thick-

ened. Color white.

Holotype: Length 9.3 mm., width 3.8 mm., collected at Hast-

ings Rocks, Barbados, in the USNM. no. 634572. Paratype

collected at Colon, Caribbean Panama, by T. L. McGinty, April

5, 1953. Additional records: Almirante, Caribbean Panama, A. A.

Olsson, collector, 1920; Christiansted Reef, St. Croix, Virgin

Islands, Gordon Usticke, collector, October 1961, a fine large

specimen, length about 13 mm.

Remarks. — This striking new Rissoina may be placed in the

subgenus Phosinella Mbrch, 1876. The sculpture is less reticulate

than cancellata Philippi or sagraiana Orbigny, and the shell is

larger than either, R. sagraiana being rather small, about 5 mm.

This large and handsome Rissoina is named for Clinton W.

Sheafer, whose many trips to the Caribbean have produced much

valuable conchological material.

Genus FUSILATIRUS McGinty, 1955

Fusilatirus ernesti (Melville, 1910). Plate 3, fig. 6.

A specimen of this interesting little shell, with raised white

spiral threads on the dark brown shell, was collected at Varadero,

Cuba, by H. H. Monroe. Length 8.8. mm. (apex and part of

October, 1962 nautilus 43

the siphonal canal lost) , width 4 mm. It is shown in figure (>,

in the hope that it may become better known. I have also exam-

ined a second, even better specimen, collected by Gordon Usticke

at Maid Island, Antigua. This specimen, about 10 mm. in length,

has low, wide, rounded ribs and the white spirals are quite strik-

ing against the very dark brown of the shell. These attractive

little shells appear to belong in the genus Fusilatirus, but a posi-

tive determination may not be made without a study of the

radula. In 1941, in an excellent paper, my friend Dr. Fritz Haas

described a new and very colorful shell from Yucatan, Mexico,

as Latirus festivus. This species also appears to belong in the

genus Fusilatirus. A reproduction of Melville's original figure of

Latirus ernesti is shown in this paper.

Genus ATYS Montfort, 1810

Atvs caribaea (Orbigny, 1841).

Considerable confusion has existed for many years in the cor-

rect identification of this attractive, fairly common, small, thin,

white bulla-like shell. As a result of a recent examination of

Orbigny's types in the British Museum, the spiral lines are now

known to be confined to the ends of the shell, and the center is

entirely smooth. Although the outline of Orbigny's original

figure compares favorably with the types of caribaea examined,

the artist wrongly covered the center of the shell with spiral lines,

an error which has confused identification for many years. I find

no way to separate Atys guildingi Sowerby, 1869, or Atys riiseana

Morch, 1875, and believe them to be synonymous. With a remark-

able depth range, caribaea has been found living in Lake Worth,

Florida, in sand and grass in 2 feet of water, and at over 100

fathoms, mud, where it was taken alive in the "Triton" dredging

off Palm Beach, Florida. The figure in Abbott's 'American Sea-

shells," page 278, fig. 59c, is a good representation of an average

specimen of caribaea. Although Dall's Atys sandersoni came from

the great depth of 805 fathoms, a further examination of his type

may prove that this is also a synonym of caribaea.

There is another more slender Atys which lives with caribaea,

but at a reduced depth range. This Atys, with spiral lines which

usually cover the entire surface, was identified as Atys sharpi

Vanatta by Dr. Pilsbry some years ago. Usticke's Atys lineata,

which lives in shallow water with both caribaea and sharpi, is

probably a subspecies of sharpi.

44 nautilus Vol. 76 (2)

Genus SOLARIELLA Wood, 1842

Solariella carvalhoi Lopes and Cardoso, 1958.

This little shell, about 6 mm., described from Sao Paulo, Brazil,

shallow water, has an outline much like S. peramabilis from the

Pacific coast of North America, but differs by having 3 spiral

keels above the flat shoulder. It now has been dredged alive from

shallow water off Varadero, Cuba, by John Finlay (C. J. Finlay) .

It also has been taken on the nearby beach by C. J. Finlay, H. H.

Monroe and J. A. Weber. I believe these are the first records for

this species north of Brazil, greatly extending its known range.

SPAWNING AND EARLY LIFE HISTORY OF

HALIOTIS RUFESCENS SWAINSON

By JOHN G. CARLISLE, JR.

The present paper, much briefer than initially intended, was

originally planned as a master's thesis upon completion of stud-

ies begun in 1940 at Stanford University's Hopkins Marine

Station. Because of ensuing interruptions, including military

service during World War 2, I have not been able to complete the

studies. The information at hand, however, is deemed of interest

because of the complete lack of knowledge of the larval life in

nature of any of the species of Haliotis from the west coast of

North America.

Data on the larval development of Japanese species of Haliotis

were published in 1952 (Ino, 1952) and some of his information

lias been intergraded into this paper to make it more complete.

Historical account. The generic name Haliotis, meaning "sea-

ear," was given by Linnaeus in 1758 in his "Systema naturae."

Sea ears or abalones belong to the family Haliotidae, sub-class

Streptoneura of the class Gastropoda, order Aspidobranchia, sub-

order Rhipidoglossa. They have changed little since Oligocene

times.

According to Crofts (1929, 1937, 1955) Haliotis shows many

of the archaic features of the Aspidobranchia, retaining the

original bilateral symmetry in the heart, excretory and respiratory

systems. There is complete torsion of the mantle cavity and

shell through 180 degrees.

Species of abalone are found along the west coast of North

NAD I III s 7(mL')

PLATE 3

KB

4a

I. I.i & 2: Bursa finlayi McGinty, paratype, apical whorls and type shell.

.". iV- 3a: Bursa tenuisculpta 1). X; !•'.: shell and operculum. I v la: ( olubraria

monroei McGinty, type shell. ">: Rissoina sheaferi McGinty, type shell, (i:

Fusilatii us ei nt sti < Meb ille) .

PLATE 4

POLAR BODIES

EGG MEMBRANE

2

"V

•4 V •>-„• *-<*

I

.PROTOTROCHAL GIRDLE

"SHELL GLAND

5

:\ CILIA

ANAL REGION

I, Fertilized ovum. 2, 2 cell stage, 2-\4 hours. 3. 4 cell stage, 5 hours. 4, 8

ell stage, (> hours. 5, Trochophore, Hi- IN hours. 6. Veliger, 2S hours.

October, 1962 nautilus 45

America from Baja California in Mexico north into Alaska, at

the Galapagos Islands, Japan, China, the Malay Archipelago,

the Philippine Islands, Australia, New Zealand, South and West

Africa, the Canary Islands, in the islands of the English Channel,

the west coast of France and in the Mediterranean. They have

also been found in small numbers on the tropical east coast of

North America and off Brazil. There are about 90 living species.

In most parts of the world except California, Japan and South

Africa, abalones are too small to be of great value commercially.

They are useful principally as curios and to shell collectors. In

California, abalones are of giant size and constitute an important

resource.

Early observations and experiments. In my experimental work

at Hopkins Marine Station, I observed that it was easy to induce

males in tide pools to give off sperm by disturbing them; it was

impossible, however, to induce the females to give off eggs by

the same technique. Early efforts to fertilize eggs by stimulating

the females with naturally ejected sperm were successful, but

the eggs failed to develop. However, on several occasions I could

obtain two-cell stages. Several apparently ripe female abalones

were injected with from 2 to 2.5 cc of KC1, isotonic with sea-

water, in an attempt to induce spawning. All attempts, however,

were unsuccessful.

Spawning technique. Ino induced Japanese species of Haliotis

to spawn by increasing the temperature and pH of the water;

Murayama (1935), also working with Japanese species, achieved

success by adding sperm to water containing females.

A successful technique for inducing spawning in Haliotis

rufescens was finally arrived at by the author in July, 1940 (Car-

lisle 1945) . Successful spawning was accomplished during the

months of July, August and September. Fifteen or 20 abalones

per experiment were obtained by skin-diving in water from 4

to 18 feet deep. Since exposure to air was found to be necessary

for successful spawning, these animals were brought to the labo-

ratory dry, in large tubs. Desiccation for approximately one hour

and 15 minutes was found to be the optimum.

Lunar periodicity and related tides could not be demon-

strated as an influence on spawning. It appears unlikely that

desiccation would act as a spawning stimulus because of a parallel

46 nautilus Vol. 76 (2)

to conditions in nature. Only a comparatively small number of

this species is found intertidally. In the central California area,

although it is fairly common intertidally, it is found most abun-

dantly in water 40 to 70 feet deep. In southern California, it is

very rare in the intertidal zone, and occurs mainly in 20 to

1 00 feet of water.

During the period of desiccation, large quantities of sperm

were given off by all males. This sperm was thoroughly washed

over the entire body of each female; then all individuals of both

sexes were placed in well-aerated salt-water tanks. These concrete

tanks were out-of-doors and simulated quite well the abalone's

natural environment. Brown kelp was provided as food.

Sperm continued to issue from the males until the water be-

came cloudy and, in successful experiments, the females spawned

within 6 to 8 hours after being placed in the tanks. This method,

although not successful 100 percent of the time, was successful

in over 2/3 of all experiments.

During spawning, large clouds of eggs were given off through

all open respiratory apertures in the shell, either separately or

in loosely-adhering masses. Eggs were transferred to the laboratory

in finger bowls in which they had been allowed to settle during

spawning. They were then transferred into beakers after several

washings, to remove bacteria. Larvae in finger bowls died within

3 or 4 days but those kept in beakers in rotted sea water, (clean

seawater kept in the dark for 6 months) and placed in a constant-

temperature bath (temperature maintained between 17° and

19° C.) with continual, gentle, mechanical stirring, survived for

7 days and appeared close to metamorphosis, resting more and

more on the bottom at this time. A shell develops during this

period that can be seen on metamorphosed specimens, particu-

larly small juveniles. It appears colorless and is distinct from

the peristomal shell which develops later. The adult shell grows

around the peristomal shell.

Development. Surface temperatures taken at Hopkins Marine

Station (36° 37.2' N; 121° 54.2' W) , in the area of greatest abun-

dance of the species, ranged from a minimum of 10.5° C to a

maximum of 18.3° C for the months of July, August and Sep-

tember during the period 1920 to 1955. The annual range for

the same years was 8.3° C to 18.3° C.

October, 1962 nautilus 47

Upon fertilization, an outer membrane is shed and the egg

undergoes typical molluscan cleavage which continues until

trochophore larvae develop in about 9 hours, cadi stil! enclosed

in a thin membrane. Changes continue through the veliger stage,

paralleling somewhat the development of Patella as described

by Patten (1886), and quite close to that of Japanese species

described by Ino and Murayama.

The trochophore breaks out of the membrane very slowly. Its

cilia beat spasmodically and very rapidly, gradually distorting

the membrane, and enlarging it at a weak point until it ruptures,

liberating the free-swimming trochophore. At this stage it is very

active, continually starting and stopping a fast ciliary beat,

moving quite rapidly through the water. These larvae often

rest with the prototroch up, then turn over and swim with the

prototroch in front. They circle continually, clockwise as viewed

from above.

When they stop, their cilia point downward; this is probably

the beginning of the creeping stage. It seems to coincide with

the onset of the veliger stage which occurs within 24 hours of

fertilization. The shell also begins to appear at about this time.

Eggs and larvae contain much yolk and are opaque. Staining

is therefore a problem. The most successful stain tried was

acidulated borax-carmine, counterstained with induline and

cleared in wintergreen.

Unfortunately, all preserved material was lost during my ab-

sence on military service during World War 2. Data on ova

measurements were also lost. It is, however, deemed desirable

at this time to present such material as is available.

As mentioned above, the eggs undergo typical molluscan

cleavage (PI. 4, figs. 1-4) . The trochophore takes shape about

16 to 18 hours after fertilization (fig. 5). At this time, the

prototrochal girdle is well-developed and the shell gland has

become evident.

The larva is a well-developed veliger at about 28 hours, and

the shell is evident. The foot and anal regions have become dif-

ferentiated (fig. 6) . Torsion has not yet begun.

An apical tuft reported by Ino (1952) for Japanese species

was not seen on Haliotis rufescens.

Without preserved material, I do not feel justified in attempt-

48 nautilus Vol. 76 (2)

ing description beyond this point and my notes and drawings

cannot substantiate additional details.

Two major problems which were confronted during attempts

to raise the larvae were sterility of equipment and feeding. Be-

cause of the delicacy of the eggs and larvae, complete sterility

was a necessity and only new glassware was used. Filtered sea-

water proved unsatisfactory and only rotted seawater could be

used. Bacteria and detritus were both lethal. Because of this,

larvae were frequently transferred into clean rotted seawater.

An eye-dropper proved better than a pipette for this purpose.

The feeding problem was not completely solved, but algal

cultures of such species as Spirillum sp. and Vibrio tyrosinatiens

appeared to be most suitable for the purpose.

Acknowledgments. During the course of this study many people

assisted me. Some offered invaluable guidance and advice, espe-

cially Rolf L. Bolin; others who were particularly helpful in

many ways were Albert E. Galigher, Harold Heath, Daniel Mas-

ters, Howard H. McCulley, Ragu Prasad, Tage Skogsberg, and

James Willoughby. To these and all others who helped, I am

sincerely grateful.

Literature cited

Carlisle, John G., Jr., 1945. Science 102(2657) : 566-567.

Crofts, Doris R., 1929. Liverpool Marine Biol. Coram., Mem.,

29: 174 pp.

1937. Roy. Soc. London, Philos. Trans., ser. B., Biol. Sci.,

228 (552) : 219-268.

-1955. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 125 (3, 4) ; 711-750.

Ino, Takashi, 1952. Biological studies on the propagation of

Japanese abalone (genus Haliotis) Tokai Regional Fish. Res.

Lab. Bull., no. 5, 102 p. (In Japanese with English summary).

Linnaeus, C. 1758. Systema naturae. Tom. 1 Regum animale.

Editio decima, reformate. Holmiae, 824 p. (Facsimile repro-

duction, Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) . 1939) .

Murayama, Saburo. 1935. Tokyo Imperial Univ., Coll. Agric,

Jour. 13 (3) : 227-233.

Patten, W. 1886. Arb., Zool., Inst. Univ. Wien und Zool. Sta.

Trieste 6 (Heft. 2) : 149-174.

U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey. 1956. Surface water tempera-

tures at tide stations, Pacific coast, North and South America

and Pacific ocean islands. Its Spec. Pub. no. 280, 74 pp.

October, 1962 nautilus 49

ON THE BIOLOGY OF SOME MOLLUSKS FROM

A NOVA SCOTIAN DECIDUOUS WOOD

By E. J. DIMELOW, b.a., b.SC, run.

In the border area between New Brunswick and Nova Scotia

most of the land is low-lying and poorly drained. Climax decidu-

ous forest is not very common and restricted mainly to hill

slopes 600-1,200 ft. in height. A small area of such woodland is

to be found, however, below the Fenwick picnic site along Route

2 between Amherst and Springhill at a height of 350 ft. on a

gentle well-drained slope above St. George's Brook.

Land mollusks found in this wood in September and October,

1961, were as follows:

Slugs: Philomycus carolimanus flexuolaris (Rafinesque)

Pallifera dorsalis (Binney)

Arion circumscriptiis (Johnston)

Deroceras reticulatum (Miiller)

Arion subfuscus (Draparnand)

Snails: Mesodon sayanus (Pilsbry)

Oxychilus cellarius (Miiller)

Zonitoides arboreus (Say)

Anguispira alternata (Say)

Discus cronkhitei cronkhitei (Newcomb)

The most common mollusk appeared to be Pallifera dorsalis,

which was active in leaf litter about 2 feet thick. Three large

specimens of Philomycus were found, all in fallen decaying tree

trunks. While D. reticulation, A. subfuscus and A. circumscriptiis

were common in the non-forested Limekiln Brook valley nearby,

few were found in this wood. Only two empty shells each of

A. alternata and O. cellarius were discovered but these appeared

fresh. Z. arboreus and D. cronkhitei were present in several

rotten logs.

Pilsbry (1948) described Philomycus as occuring in Maine and

Oughton (1948) listed it for south Ontario. It has not been

located before in the Maritime Provinces of Canada. Pallifera

dorsalis has not been noted since 1906 when Campbell found it

near Pictou, N. S. Ord and Watts (1949) obtained only Deroceras

laevae from Oxford in this area, though they found D. reticula-

tum, A. circumscriptiis and A. subfuscus commonly in eastern

Nova Scotia. Mesodon sayanus was recorded for western New

Brunswick by Bailey (1903) . It was not listed for Nova Scotia

50 nautilus Vol. 76 (2)

or Cape Breton by Jones (1877) or Macmillan (1954).

The specimens of P. dorsalis had an interrupted black line

running down the back and 7 teeth (the typical number) on the

jaw. The shell of the Mesodon was slightly angulate.

The red-backed salamander (Plethodon cinerarius) which may

prey on some of the mollusks, occurs in almost all decaying logs

in the wood. The worms Allolobophora caliginosa, Lumbricus

castanens, the wood-lice Porcellio rathkei and Cylisticus convexus

also occur in the stumps along with larvae of Coleoptera and

Diptera. These could form alternative prey for the salamanders.

American beech, sugar and red maple, striped maple, mountain

maple (Acer spicatum), white ash (Fraxinus americana) , yellow

birch and a little red spruce (Picea rubens) , all grow in this

wood. Basswood (to which the Philomycus is supposed to be

partial) is not present. Low growing honeysuckle, moosewood

(Viburnum alnijolium) and yew (Taxus canadensis) two feet

high or less, form the underbrush along with taller elder (Sam-

bucus canadensis) . Clubmosses (Lycopodium obscurum and

L. lucidulum) rise from the leaf litter along with flowering plants

such as Fragaria vesca, Streptopus roseus, Maianthemum cana-

dense, Trillium undulatum and T. cernuum, Clintonia borealis,

Medeola virginiana, Cornus canadensis, Actaea alba, Linnaea

borealis, Oxalis montana, Trientalis borealis, Viola incognita and

Mitchella repens.

All the flowering plants listed above were offered to a specimen

of Philomycus as food under laboratory conditions during the

autumn and late spring but none were accepted. It was very

difficult to see whether the Philomycus and the Mesodon fed on

rotten wood, but they were observed to crop the lichens, Lobaria

pulmonaria (L.) Hoffm. and Lobaria quericizans Michx. present

on bark taken from the decaying trunks in which they were

originally found. The food of Pallifera seemed to consist of damp

detritus and decaying leaves.

Toadstools (including the morel) found on the Mount Allison

University Campus were eaten more rapidly by the Philomycus

than lichens. One lichen, Parmelia sulcata TayL, present on

campus trees was, however, taken readily. This lichen was para-

sitized by a discomycete fungus bearing brown cushion-like

fruiting bodies. Non-parasitized Parmelia was eaten more slowly.

October, 1962 nautilus 51

Rush (1920) noted that Philomycus fed through the winter on

fungus. This may be its main natural food, assisted by lichens.

Specimens of Philomycus and Pallifera remained active while

kept in captivity at a temperature of 20°C. throughout the winter

of 1961-62. Both took to feeding mainly on carrot slices during

this time. Microscopic examination of the faeces of the Philomy-

cus revealed the presence of liberated chromoplasts containing

carotenoid pigment and of empty carrot cells with collapsed

walls. This faecal matter was sometimes reingested and subjected

to further digestion. Philomycus may possess digestive enzymes

similar to those of other slugs and may not be limited to a diet

of fungus and lichens on account of specialisation in this respect.

I am indebted to Dr. Roland Beschel for identifying the lichens

and to Allen Rebuck for checking the identifications of some of

the plants from Fenwick.

References

Bailey, G. W. 1903. Bull. Nat. Hist. Soc. N. B., 21.

Bett, J. A. 1960. Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 135.

Campbell, A. R. 1906. The Mollusks of Pictou County. Bull.

Pictou Acad. Sci., 1.

Cunningham, G. C. 1956. Native trees of Canada. Dept. of North-

ern Affairs and National Resources Canada.

Gleason, H. A. 1952. The new Britton and Brown illustrated

flora, Vols. 1-3. The New York Botanical Garden, N. Y.

Jones, J. M. 1877. Mollusca of N.S. Proc. N.S. Inst. Sci., 4.

La Rocque, A. 1953. Nat. Mus. Canada Bull. 129.

Macmillan, G. K. 1954. Proc. N.S. Inst. Sci., 23.

Mellanby, K. 1961. Nature Lond. 189.

Oughton, M. J. 1948. Land snails of Ontario. University of

Toronto biological Series, 57.

Ord, J. J., and Watts, A. H. G. 1949. Proc. N. S. Inst. Sci., 23.

Pilsbry, H. A. 1939-1948. Land Mollusca of North America, Vols.

1 and 2. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., monograph 3.

Quick, H. E. 1949. Slugs. Linn. Soc. Lond., synopsis 8.

Rush, C. R. 1920. Nautilus 33.

LAND MOLLUSKS OF SACKVILLE

NEW BRUNSWICK, CANADA

By E. J. DIMELOW, b.a., b.sc, ph.d.

Based on collections made in the St. John area and western

part of the province adjacent to Maine, Bailey (1903) wrote an

account of the land snails of New Brunswick but the slugs of

52 nautilus Vol. 76 (2)

the province and the land snails of the eastern part have never

been described.

The following land mollusks are found on the Mount Allison

University Campus, in Sackville, in the east of New Brunswick,

near the Nova Scotia border:

Snails: Hygromia hispida (L)

Oxychilns cellarius (Mueller)

Zonitoides arboreus (Say)

Zonitoides nitidus (Mueller)

Discus cronkhitei cronkhitei (Newcomb)

Cionella lubrica (Mueller)

Slugs: Deroceras laeve (Mueller)

Deroceras reticulatum (Mueller)

Arion circumscriptiis (Johnston)

Arion subfuscus (Draparnand)

Z. nitidus is very common under fallen logs surrounded by

marsh vegetation in a water meadow periodically flooded.

Hygromia hispida (possibly introduced since 1903) , C. lubrica

and the slugs listed above, occur in this situation but also else-

where. Zonitoides arboreus and D. cronkhitei are found in rotten

logs in a small scrubby deciduous wood. As well as occurring in

this wood, D. reticulatum, A. circumscriptiis, O. cellarius, H.

hispida, all European introduced species, are the only mollusks

to be found under logs, stones, and leaf litter in a large hollyhock

bed or in patches of European ground ivy (Glecoma hederacea

L.) . Unlike other slugs Arion subfuscus is not common in the

situations listed above but is a little more plentiful in a disused

sandstone quarry containing a lake, trees and non-cultivated

plants.

Similar disused sandstone quarries occur above the Bay of

Fundy shoreline beyond Westcock Marsh about four miles from

Sackville. Here D. reticulatum, A. circumscriptiis and O. cellarius

are to be found about half a mile from the nearest habitation and

appear able to withstand severe winters. They survived under

snow 2-3 feet thick which lay on the ground continuously in the

winter of 1960-61 from Dec. 25th until April 30th and were to

be found under pieces of wood and stones as the snow was melt-

ing on May 1st and 2nd. When brought into the laboratory, they

were immediately active at a temperature of 20°C. Usually snow

lies on the ground discontinuously here from early January till

mid April. Mellanby (1961) found that in the laboratory D.

October, 1962 nautilus 53

reticulatum moves and feeds at 0.8°C. without any need for tem-

perature acclimatisation. Possibly A. circumscriptus may share

this ability to maintain activity at low temperatures.

If brought indoors in autumn all the snails, D. reticulatum

and A. circumscriptus feed and survive through the winter at a

temperature of 20°C. Deroceras reticulatum lays eggs frequently

during this time, whereas A. circumscriptus, though adult, lays

few. Arion subfuscus adults, under such conditions, lay clusters

of large eggs, then die by November, while their young hatch and

grow during the winter. As the autumn here is normally mild

and prolonged, possibly the eggs might hatch out of doors. The

breeding seasons of these slugs seem to be similar in New Bruns-

wick to those recorded for England (Quick, 1949; Bett, 1961)

and for Nova Scotia (Ord and Watts, 1949) .

ZINC EFFECTS ON FRESH- WATER MOLLUSKS

By CHARLES B. WURTZ

Consulting Biologists, Inc., Spring House, Pa.

The increasing emphasis upon pollution control during the

past two decades has generated a great many specific studies on

potential pollutants. Among these is zinc, and several studies

have been made upon this metal in surface waters. This paper

presents the result of studies on zinc in the field and laboratory

during the past 4 years.

The field studies were done in conjunction with a compre-

hensive biological survey of the Northwest Miramichi River, New

Brunswick, Canada. The laboratory studies undertaken were part

of a series done under the terms of a Public Health Service Grant

(RG-6871).

To study the biological effects of heavy metals in streams it is

necessary to recognize, first, that natural concentrations of these

metals occur in unpolluted streams, and, second, that some degree

of tolerance to metals is inherent in aquatic organisms.

In mining exploration, ore bodies are commonly located by

surface outcroppings. Such surface exposures are the product of

erosion, and the weathering of these exposures is the source of

natural stream loads of metals. Where mining is undertaken,

additional amounts of ore are exposed to the action of weathering,

and the amount of metal in streams draining the area is increased.

54 nautilus Vol. 76 (2)

To the extent that studies have been made, it would appear that

streams draining zinc-mining districts show an average of 0.53

parts per million (ppm) of zinc. In natural waters not subject to

mine drainage or industrial wastes zinc concentrations may

range to 0.200 ppm. (Renn, et al, 1962)

Zinc is not highly toxic to humans. Data on drinking waters

compiled from 37 locations in the United States showed a mean

value of 0.136 ppm of zinc. The United States Public Health

Service recommends a maximum of 15 ppm of zinc for drinking

water standards.

Living organisms all require certain minimal amounts of

metals. Zinc and copper, for example, are necessary for the for-

mation of certain enzymes. These constitute two of the vitally

necessary trace elements. Different groups of animals vary in

their resistance to metals when these are present in amounts

above the required physiological minimum. The mollusks, in

general, are the least resistant to overloads of heavy metals in

streams. (This is shared by the malacostracan crustaceans; the

oligochaete worms are the next least tolerant group.) The mol-

lusks would be the first animals eradicated when a stream became

overloaded with metals. For this reason, these animals are of

particular importance when making field observations on streams

where metal overloading may occur.

Once the mollusks are eliminated from an extensive stream

stretch they are slow to re-invade the area, and usually become

re-established only through downstream transport from an up-

stream area. Such transport, being adventitious, is fortuitous.

Considerable time may elapse before the mollusk population is

again established. In the Ystwyth River in Wales, Jones (1958)

reported that 35 years after the closing of a lead mine the stream

was carrying 0.2 to 0.7 ppm of zinc. Although brown trout were

present the bottom organisms were almost entirely lithophilous

insects.

On June 15, 1960, dewatering of a base-metal (Zn, Pb, Cu)

mine that had been closed was begun preparatory to renewing

mining operations. This mine is in the drainage basin of the

Tomogonops River, a tributary of the Northwest Miramichi

River, New Brunswick, Canada. The water pumped from the

mine flowed about 6 miles before entering the Northwest Mira-

October, 1962 nautilus 55

michi River. The discharge water apparently eliminated the

mollusk population in the Northwest Miramichi below the

mouth of the Tomogonops River for a distance of at least 12

miles (but not for as much as 17 miles) . In July, 1961, mollusks

were still missing from this stream stretch, although 77 species

of other macro-invertebrate animals were found. At the same

time, in the stream above the mouth of the Tomogonops River

87 species of macro-invertebrate animals were found including 5

species of mollusks. Apparently within one year of the mine

dewatering incident, the stream had a normal population except

for the mollusks.

In 1961 the Salmon Investigation Group (Department of Fish-

eries of Canada) had placed a cage of young salmon (parr) in the

Northwest Miramichi River where the fish were almost con-

tinuously in the flow of water from the Tomogonops River.

Twice within a period of 3 days in July, 1961, a specimen of

Helisoma anceps was taken from the leading face of this cage.

These snails had apparently been flushed downstream from a

population established in a quiescent stretch of the Northwest

Miramichi about one-half mile above the mouth of the Tomog-

onops. These two occurrences are characteristic of the adventi-

tious distribution of aquatic snails. This species is not adapted

for survival in rapidly flowing streams and would not be expected

to occur in the areas of the river critically examined during the

survey. The average velocity at the stations studied on the North-

west Miramichi was 1.35 feet per second during the time of the

survey (which was conducted during a low-water period) . At

this velocity the stream was flowing one mile in 65 minutes, which

is about double the velocity of the lowland stretches of our major

east coast rivers where Helisoma anceps is of common occurrence.

H. anceps, and its eggs, occurred in quiescent water 9 miles below

the mouth of the Tomogonops in July, 1962.

The mollusks found in the Northwest Miramichi River in 1961

above the mouth of the Tomogonops included: Margaritana

margaritifera, Pisidium casertanum, Ferrissia tarda, Physa gyrina

and Helisoma anceps. In the Portage River, a slow-flowing trib-

utary of the Northwest Miramichi, which enters the main river

about two miles below the Tomogonops River, 5 mollusks also

occurred. These were: M. margaritifera, Lampsilis radiata, Amni-

56 nautilus Vol. 76 (2)

cola Umosa, P. gyrina and Gyraulus arcticus. Of the 5 species

i'ound in this small tributary only two were shared with the

Northwest Miramichi. The Portage River is highly eutrophic and

had an average velocity of 0.85 feet per second. Within the con-

fines of one station (a 100-foot stretch) 92 species of macro-inver-

tebrates were found. This is an uncommonly high species diversity

in a small stream (width 36 feet with a low-water discharge of

3,000 gallons per minute) .

The Northwest Miramichi, with its complex of tributaries,

drains an area characterized by the sporadic occurrence of com-

plex ores. Zinc, lead and copper are found throughout the region,

and these minerals must have been leaching downstream over

many millennia. A geochemical survey was conducted in this re-

gion a few years ago while searching for ore bodies. In the stream

sediments of the headwaters of the Tomogonops River and its

branches, values found for zinc ranged from 50 to 300 ppm;

for lead from 0 to 400 ppm; for copper from 25 to 75 ppm.

This, of course, represents the natural occurrence of these metals

in the stream sediments. The waters of this stream system must

have been carrying a heavy metals load throughout geological

time. Other tributary complexes of the Northwest Miramichi

must also have metals in the stream sediments. The Portage

River, for example, has a recorded value of 0.005 ppm of zinc

for the stream water in that area where 92 different species of

bottom organisms were found. The Little River, a tributary of

the Northwest Miramichi entering above the mouth of the

Tomogonops, has a recorded value of 0.007 ppm of zinc for the

stream water. Water of the Sevogle River, a major tributary of

the Northwest Miramichi entering the main river about 15.5

miles below the Tomogonops River, has a recorded value of

0.003 ppm of zinc.

Mullican, et al, (1960) found that an industrial waste carry-

ing 65 ppm of zinc acted as a biological depressant. They re-

ported that in the Nolichucky River (Tennessee) zinc at this

concentration reduced the resident population from 2,934 indi-

viduals in 30 genera per square foot to 46 individuals in 22

genera per square foot.

Some time after the dewatering of the mine into a branch of

the Tomogonops River analyses* were begun and regularly

Colorimetric determination by dithizone extraction.

October, 1962 nautilus 57

made on the amount of total heavy metals (IHM/inc, lead,

copper) in the water at the mouth of the Tomogonops where it

joins the Northwest Miramichi. The highest values recorded up

to July 5, 1961, when the comprehensive biological survey was

begun, were 8.90 and 10.0 ppm THM on October 25, 1960.

Twenty-four hours later 2.80 and 2.21 ppm THM were recorded

here. At Wayerton, about nine miles below the mouth of the

Tomogonops, values of 0.52 and 0.57 ppm of total heavy metals

were recorded on October 26th. By November 12, 1960, the total

heavy metals content at the mouth of the Tomogonops had

fallen below 1.0 ppm, and this was not exceeded subsequently.

During the same period THM values at Wayerton did not exceed

0.2 ppm. Because the mouth of the Tomogonops is inaccessible

throughout the winter and into late spring the measurements at

Wayerton are important. From November 12, 1960, through July

4, 1961, the record THM values at this location fell between 0

and 0.049 ppm on 116 days, between 0.050 and 0.099 on 62 days,

and between 0.10 and 0.19 on 22 days. At these concentrations

over an 8-month period the river below the mouth of the Tomog-

onops supported (or developed) a complete and diverse popula-

tion of macro-invertebrate animals except for the mollusks. Dur-

ing the course of the comprehensive biological survey begun on

July 5, 1961, a total of 132 macro-invertebrate species was taken

from the Northwest Miramichi River. An additional 25 species

were found in the Portage River.

The toxicity of heavy metals in surface waters is affected by sev-

eral factors. Chief among these would be the hardness of the

water and its hydrogen-ion concentration (pH). Calcium is an-

tagonistic to the metals. Alkaline water precipitate the metals in

the form of insoluble, and harmless hydrates. Acid waters dis-

solve hydrates and bring the metals into solution.

The Northwest Miramichi is a soft-water stream with a total

hardness (as CaC03) ranging from 17.5 to 24.8 ppm. During the

survey the pH range wras 7.3 to 7.6. The Portage River had a

hardness of 15.5 ppm with pH 7.1, and the Tomogonops River

had a hardness of 49.2 ppm and a pH of 7.4 to 7.7. The hardness

of the Tomogonops River stemmed from the liming technique

practiced by the mine to prevent stream pollution. This practice

also increased the hardness of the Northwest Miramichi itself

58 nautilus Vol. 76 (2)

Table 1

TLm in ppm of Zinc Sulfate for Physa heterostropha

Time Hard Water Soft Water

24 hours 16 (4.07 ppm Zn), 12.0 (2.71 ppm Zn)

4b hours 16 (3.62 ppm Zn) 6.1 (1.46 ppm Zn)

72 hours 14 (3.16 ppm Zn) 4.9 (1.11 ppm Zn)

96 hours 14 (3.16 ppm Zn) 4.9 (1.11 ppm Zn)

120 hours — 4.9 (1.11 ppm Zn)

Table 2

TLm in ppm of Zinc Sulfate for young Physa heterostropha

Time Hard Water Series Soft Water Series

510F 51°F

24 hours 4.20 (0.949 ppm Zn) 1.92 (0.434 ppm Zn)

48 hours 1.92 (0.434 ppm Zn) 1.92 (0.434 ppm Zn)

72 hours 1.92 (0.434 ppm Zn) 1.34 (0.303 ppm Zn)

96 hours 1.92 (0.434 ppm Zn) 1.34 (0.303 ppm Zn)

55°F 550F

24 hours 6.95 (1.57 ppm Zn) 2.37 (0.536 ppm Zn)

46 hours 6.17 (1.39 ppm Zn) 2.37 (0.536 ppm Zn)

72 hours 6.17 (1.39 ppm Zn) 2.37 (0.536 ppm Zn)

96 hours 6.17 (1.39 ppm Zn) 1.92 (0.434 ppm Zn)

680F* 680F*

24 hours 15.5 (3.50 ppm Zn) 2.95 (0.667 ppm Zn)

46 hours 12.2 (2.76 ppm Zn) 2.37 (0.536 ppm Zn)

72 hours 8.66 (1.96 ppm Zn) 1.92 (0.434 ppm Zn)

96 hours 7.50 (1.70 ppm Zn) 1.92 (0.434 ppm Zn)

90°F 90°F

24 hours 5.66 (1.20 ppm Zn) 2.65 (0.598 ppm Zn)

46 hours 4.90 (1.11 ppm Zn) 2.65 (0.596 ppm Zn)

72 hours 4.90 (1.11 ppm Zn) 1.55 (0.350 ppm Zn)

96 hours 4.90 (1.11 ppm Zn) 1.55 (0.350 ppm Zn)

*These bioassays were done with an organic substrate in the

dilution water. The substrate material=0.1 gm uncooked

Wheatena in the 188 ml of material in the experimental jars

October, 1962 nautilus 59

below the mouth of the Tomogonops River.

In the laboratory, bioassays were done using zinc sulfate,

ZnS04»7HoO (22.6% Zn) , in both soft (20 ppm total hardness)

and hard (100 ppm total hardness) waters. The pH of these two

waters was 7.3 and 7.8 respectively. The mollusk used as an

experimental animal was the pond snail, Physa heterostroplia.

The bioassay is designed to establish the median tolerance limit

(TLm) , which is that concentration of tested material that results

in 50% kill and 50% survival of the test animals. Table 1 pre-

sents the bioassay results for tests done at 70±2°F using adult

snails of 12 to 15 mm. total shell length.

Since young animals are more susceptible to adverse influences

additional bioassays were done on snails of 3 to 6 mm. total shell

length. The effects of temperature was also measured in this series

of tests. Table 2 summarizes these data.

In addition to Physa heterostroplia, adult ramshorn snails,

Helisoma campanulatum, were subjected to bioassays with zinc

sulfate. These snails are characterized by the presence of haemo-

globin in the circulatory system rather than haemocyanin as is

the case in Physa. Table 3 presents the results of these bioassays.

Table 3

TLm in ppm of Zinc Sulfate for Helisoma companulata

Time Hard Water Series Soft Water Series

55°F 55°F

24 hours 49.0 (11.07 ppm Zn) 49.0 (11.07 ppm Zn)

46 hours 49.0 (11.07 ppm Zn) 38.5 ( 8.70 ppm Zn)

72 hours 13.4 ( 3.03 ppm Zn) 4.25 (0.96 ppm Zn)

96 hours 13.4 ( 3.03 ppm Zn) 3.65 (0.87 ppm Zn)

730F 730F

24 hours 23.4 (5.29 ppm Zn) 56.0 (12.66 ppm Zn)

48 hours 23.4 (5.29 ppm Zn) 8.30 (1.88 ppm Zn)

72 hours 5,60 (1.27 ppm Zn) 6.53 (1.48 ppm Zn)

96 hours 5.60 (1.27 ppm Zn) 5.60 (1.27 ppm Zn)

In spite of the anomaly of a TLm of 56 ppm of zinc sulfate in

24 hours at 73°F, snails containing haemoglobin evidently are

more tolerant of zinc than those containing haemocyanin. These

snails apparently will withstand 48-hour surges of wastes bearing

high concentrations of zinc.

60 nautilus Vol. 76 (2)

Copper is more toxic than zinc, apparently being exceeded in

its toxicity only by mercury and silver among the metals. Bio-

assays of copper sulfate, CuS04»5H20 (25.5% Cu) , were done

using Pliysa heterostropha as the test animal. The results of these

tests, all done at 70±2°F, are presented in Table 4.

Table 4

TLm in ppm of Copper Sulfate for Physa heterostropha

Time Hard Water Soft Water

Adults

24 hours 0.56 (0.143 ppm Cu)

48 hours 0.27 (0.069 ppm Cu)

72 hours 0.27 (0.069 ppm Cu)

96 hours 0.27 (0.069 ppm Cu)

Young Young

24 hours 0.135 (0.034 ppm Cu) 0.18 (0.046 ppm Cu)

48 hours 0.050 (0.013 ppm Cu) 0.075 (0.019 ppm Cu)

72 hours 0.050 (0.013 ppm Cu) 0.070 (0.016 ppm Cu)

96 hours 0.050 (0.013 ppm Cu) 0.062 (0.016 ppm Cu)

Young* Young*

24 hours 0.56 (0.143 ppm Cu) 0.56 (0.143 ppm Cu)

48 hours 0.207 (0.053 ppm Cu) 0.134 (0.034 ppm Cu)

72 hours 0.207 (0.053 ppm Cu) 0.134 (0.034 ppm Cu)

96 hours 0.207 (0.053 ppm Cu) 0.134 (0.034 ppm Cu)

*Cf. footnote of Table 2

The greater resistance of young snails to copper sulfate in

soft water as compared to those in hard water, in the test lacking

an organic substrate, is a surprise. The opposite condition would

be expected. Repetitive testing has not been undertaken to date.

The median tolerance limit value is used to derive a biolog-

ically safe disposal rate for toxicants being introduced into a

receiving stream. The disposal rate is based upon several variables

including the sensitivity of the experimental animal, the max-

imum potential discharge load, the rate of loss of the toxic effect,

the potential minimum flow of the receiving stream, and others.

Safe disposal rates must be determined for each specific dis-

October, 1962 nautilus 61

charge. No empirical factor can be properly applied to the pre-

ceding TLm values to derive a general "rule" for the safe dis-

posal of metals.

Bibliography

Consulting Biologists, Inc., 1961, A Biological Survey of the

Northwest Miramichi River, Spring House, Pa.

Jones, J. R. E., 1958, Journ. Animal Ecol., 27 (1) :1-14.

Mullican, H. N., R. M. Sinclair and B. G. Isom, 1960, Aquatic

Biota of the Nolichucky River, Tenn. Stream Pollution Con-

trol Board, Nashville.

Renn, C. E., }. T. O'Connor and B. Wintner, 1962, Interim

Report A.E.C. Contract AT (30-1) 2536, Johns Hopkins Univ.,

Baltimore.

Wurtz, C. B., 1961, Proc. Pa. Acad. Sci., 35:51-56.

PELECYPODS FROM BARRA DE NAVIDAD, MEXICO

By HAROLD E. and EMILY H. VOKES

Early in December, 1961, we had the opportunity of collecting

for an hour or two on the beach at Barra de Navidad, Jalisco,

a village on the southwest coast of Mexico approximately 30

miles northwest of Manzanillo, Colima. As the name indicates,

Barra de Navidad is located on a sand bar, or spit, that extends

from the main shore southward towards Punta Hermosa, a large

and rugged headland formed of metamorphic rocks of Pal-

eozoic (?) age. Separating the headland from the terminus of the

spit is a narrow inlet that leads to a broad, mangrove-bordered

lagoon on the east side of the bar. To the west is an open bay

connecting with the Pacific Ocean between several small rocky

islets. The combination of these geographic features affords

widely diverse ecologic situations that result in an unusually rich

molluscan fauna. The recent completion of a paved highway con-

necting with Manzanillo and thence to Guadalajara, and the

completion, in December, 1960, of a first-class hotel near the vil-

lage makes the area one of unusual attraction for the collector.

Our collections, made only on the beach and within a very

short time on an advancing tide, include 87 different molluscan

species, plus coral fragments. The majority of the Mollnsca are

forms normal to the fauna of the region as it is presently known.

There are, however, a few species among the pelecypoda that are

worth special attention at this time.

Perhaps the most abundant shell on the western side of the

62 nautilus Vol. 76 (2)

bar, represented in our collection by more than 60 specimens, is

Semele lenticulare (Sowerby) , a species reported by Olsson (1961,

p. 363) as ranging from Panama southward to Peru. It is not

included by Keen in her "Sea Shells of Tropical West America"

apparently being considered as beyond the geographic limits of

that work. In view of the great extension of range indicated

(about 2,000 miles) , specimens were sent to Dr. Olsson who

kindly confirmed the identification, writing: "The Semele I

would identify as S. lenticulare. Your specimens agree exactly

with shells I have from Ecuador and Panama. It is a common

shell everywhere and its extension north is no surprise to me."

Also in the collection is a single right valve of Semele sparsi-

lineata Dall, a species reported as ranging from Nicaragua to

Panama (Olsson, 1961, p. 363; Keen, 1958, p. 200) . This specimen

is probably somewhat immature, being 20 mm. in length, but

agrees with sparsilineata in shape, ornamentation, and color

pattern including the brownish-purple zigzag markings.

A species of Neocyrena that is very closely related to N. radiata

(Hanley) is represented by 4 specimens, only one of which is

fully adult. This specimen agrees in shape with radiata but is

bleached and the color pattern is not clear". The 3 more immature

specimens show radiating purplish rays toward the external ven-

tral margin and have an interior that is violent in color with

the area outside of the pallial line of a distinctly darker shade.

These specimens are, however, a little less inflated, proportion-

ately, than is the adult specimen and the umbo is as a result

slightly less prominent than it is in the illustrated specimens of

radiata (Olsson, 1961, pi. 28, figs. 5-5c; Keen, 1958, fig. 177, p.

91). If these specimens are correctly identified as radiata, they

also represent an extension northward for the previously re-

ported range of Nicaragua to Ecuador.

Finally, opportunity is here taken to disagree with Olsson's

conclusions (1961, p. 346) in regarding Amphichaena kinder-

manni Philippi as synonymous with Donax culter Hanley. The

collections from Barra de Navidad contain three specimens of

Amphichaena, one of which is 41 mm. in length, almost one-

fourth longer than the largest adult of D. culter. The umbos are

slightly in advance of the midline (see Keen, 1958, fig. 463, p.

189) , rather than posterior to it, as in culter, and are lower and

October, 1962 nautilus 63

much less inflated. Well-preserved specimens lack minute denticu-

lations or punctations in the finely grooved interspaces between

the surface ribs. Internally, there are strong marginal crenulations

anterior to the midline, but these are absent posteriorly, except

on a few specimens that reveal microscopic crenulations at the

extreme posterior terminus of the valve; specimens of Donax

culter, collected near Manzanillo have the margins crenulate

throughout, although the strongest crenulations tend to be near

the anterior end. D. culter was not found at Barra de Navidad,

where our collections include D. gracilis Hanley (abundant) and

D. punctostriatus Hanley (common) .

We are inclined to agree with Olsson however, in the belief

that the sum total of the characteristics of Amphichaena suggest

its relationship with the Donacidae rather than the Psammo-

biidae, where it was placed by Thiele (1935, p. 910), or the

Sanguinolariidae to which it was referred by Keen (1958, p. 188) .

References

Keen, A. Myra, 1958, Sea shells of tropical west America; xii, +

624 pp., illus., Stanford Univ. Press.

Olsson, Axel A., 1961, Mollusks of the tropical eastern Pacific:

Panamic-Pacific Pelecypoda, 574 pp., 86 pis., Paleont. Research

Inst., Ithaca, N. Y.

Thiele, Johannes, 1935, Handbuch der systematischen Weichtier-

kunde, Bd. 2, T. 3, pp. 779-1022, illus., Jena.

FURTHER STUDIES ON THE MARINE MOLLUSKS OF

CAPE ANN, MASSACHUSETTS

By RALPH W. DEXTER, Department of Biological Sciences,

Kent State University, Kent, Ohio

The marine mollusks at Cape Ann, Massachusetts, have been

studied intensely in recent years by the writer (1942, 1944, 1945a,

1945b, 1947, 1956, 1961) and by Clarke (1954). A survey of the

marine life at Cape Ann made by the writer in the summers of

1933-1937 was repeated in the summers of 1956-1961. a

The writer has periodically taken intertidal quadrat samples

at 15 stations along the Annisquam River (tidal inlet) and on

l Acknowledgement is made to the U. S. Atomic Energy Commission,

Contract AT (11-1) -411, for financial support given to this project. Also, to

John Auditore for field assistance, and to Dr. William J. Clench, Dr. Ruth D.

Turner, Dr. Ernest Marcus, and Dr. George M. Moore for making certain

determinations.

64 nautilus Vol. 76 (2)

adjacent shores of Gloucester Harbor and Ipswich Bay, in addi-

tion to general collecting in the area. Bottom dredging has been

conducted along the entire bottom of the Annisquam River and

in the shallow margins of Gloucester Harbor and Ipswich Bay.

Altogether, 53 species of mollusks have been collected along with

other marine animals. Clarke (ibid.) based his study on beach

shells from Wingaersheek Beach, collected especially after storms,

specimens brought in on the gill nets of fishermen, and shells

from the stomachs of bottom-feeding fishes captured in the Cape

Ann region. Altogether he reported 97 species. The published

studies of Clarke and myself complement each other since the

methods of collecting and the areas examined were different.

Together they give a fairly complete picture of molluscan life

in this area. In the summers of 1956-1961 the writer continued

studies on marine life in this area. New and additional informa-

tion on mollusks are recorded here. For the most part, names

follow usage as given in Abbot (1954) .

I. New Records for Cape Ann.

Symmetrogephyrus vestitus (Broderip and Sowerby). This spe-

cies, known as the Concealed Arctic Chiton, was dredged from

Ipswich Bay 20 July 1956.

Clione limacina (Phipps). This pteropod, known as the sea

butterfly, was collected in Gloucester Harbor by John Auditore

in May, 1961.

Acanthodoris pilosa (O. F. Miiller) has been collected along

spring low water line of the Annisquam River in recent years.

Facelina bostoniensis (Couthouy) has been dredged from the

River and Ipswich Bay in recent years.

Polinices duplicatus (Say) . Clarke (1954) concluded that Dane

State Beach in Beverly "seems to be the northern limit." How-

ever, this species was collected in the Annisquam River 21 July

1960. It was dredged from the middle of this tidal inlet at the

junction of Little River. Its presence has been suspected when

shells were collected in the summer of 1959 from this same area.

This species was listed for Cape Ann by Townsend (1905, p. 19) ,

but the specimen dredged in 1960 was the first live specimen

collected here in recent years. Presumably this now becomes the

northern limit.

Urosalpinx cinerea (Say) . This species, rare and local in its

October, 1962 nautilus 65

occurrence north of Cape Cod, was collected in the Little River

branch of the Annisquam River 21 August 1957, 3 September

1957, and 31 July 1958. It was also dredged from Ipswich Bay

2 September 1957.

Mitrella lunata (Say) was collected from colonies of hydroids

in the Annisquam River 21 July 1956, from Little River 31 July

1958, and from Ipswich Bay in 1958.

Ovatella myosotis (Draparnaud) was found in the crevice of

a stone wharf at the upper end of Lobster Cove near mean high

water line 30 July 1958, and again on a high marsh of fox grass

on the Annisquam River 9 August 1958.

Haminoea solitaria (Say) . A shell of this species was collected

on a rocky shore of Gloucester Harbor 9 September 1960. It

has not yet been found living in the area.

Littorina saxatilis groenlandica. According to Bequaert (1943)

"there appear to be no true geographical races or subspecies" of

L. saxatilis. However, the colony of this species at Bass Rocks is

uniformly of a greenish-white color, and this coloration has not

been found in other specimens on Cape Ann. While the tri-

nominal may not be valid, the colony is certainly distinct. This

was first discovered by Mrs. Otis Dana in 1950, and specimens

have been collected by both of us in recent years.

Yoldia lirnatula (Say) . This species has been dredged in

Gloucester Harbor during the summers of 1958-1961.

Mitsculus discors (Linn) . This species was taken by a fishing

dragger off Cape Ann in November, 1961. Specimens were sent

to the writer by John Auditore.

II. Confirmed Records Based on Living Specimens.

The following species, which have been reported in recent

years on the basis of dead shells collected, have now been collected

alive on Cape Ann.

Periploma leanum (Conrad) was collected alive at Wingaer-

sheek Beach 9 July 1956.

Cyrtodaria siliqua (Spengler) was dredged alive from Ipswich

Bay in the summer of 1957.

Thracia conradi Couthouy was dredged alive in Ipswich Bay

in October, 1957.

Lunatia triseriata (Say) was dredged from Ipswich Bay in the

summer of 1958.

66 nautilus Vol. 76 (2)

Colus pygmaeus (Gould) was collected alive from Ipswich Bay

22 August 1959. Two specimens were collected.

III. Changes in Local Distribution.

Bracliidontes demissus (Dillwyn) was more widely spread in

the marshes of the Annisquam Inlet during the 1956-1961 period.

It has been found in all of the marshes of this region which

have been examined.

Spisula solidissima (Dillwyn) has been taken in recent years

in the Annisquam River as well as at Wingaersheek Beach where

it has been the dominant bivalve for many years. Large speci-

mens were taken by the Perrini dredge in 1957 when the channel

of the Annisquam River was deepened and widened at certain

points. Also, immature specimens were dredged by the writer

each summer in recent years.

Placopecten magellanicus (Gmelin) was collected from

Gloucester Harbor for the first time in 1960. Fishing draggers

frequently pick up this species from Ipswich Bay.

Cerastoderma pinnulatum (Conrad) , formerly reported by the

writer from the Annisquam River and by Clarke from fish stom-

achs, was dredged from Ipswich Bay on 20 July 1956.

Nassarius obsoletus (Say) was more widely spread in the Annis-

quam Inlet in the 1956-1961 period than during the 1933-1937

period. It has become a common species on many of the mud

flats and in the marsh creeks throughout the area. It is far more

abundant than indicated by Clarke (1954) . A dense population

of this species found for many years at Station J very suddenly

and completely abandoned its former site in 1960 as reported

earlier (Dexter, 1961). In the summer of 1961 this species re-

mained off the sampling station, which then became rather

heavily coated with a green alga, Enteromorpha intestinalis. The

snails continued in their usual abundance, however, at a nearby

location.

Lacuna vincta (Turton) has in recent years been returning to

the eel grass (Zostera maritima) as this has spread and increased

gradually in the Cape Ann area. This snail is returning to its

former habitat from the brown algae on which it took refuge

after the disappearance of eel grass in 1932.

IV. Notable Changes in Abundance.

Littorina saxatilis (Olivi) was observed to undergo a most

October, 1962 nautilus 67

remarkable increase in abundance between 1933-1937 (Dexter,

1944) . In 1956 this species was much less numerous than in

1936 when it was at the peak of its abundance. It was still less

abundant in 1960, and was uncommon in many places in 1961.

For example, a single specimen was collected from the low marsh

community at Station J and at Station L, and a single specimen

from the rocky shore at Station H. Only the rocky shore of

Station R was found to have the expected large popidation of

this species. It is no longer common in the low marshes generally,

and is now for the most part confined to local rocky shores.

L. obtusata Linn was somewhat less abundant during 1956-1961

than during the earlier period of study.

Melampus lineatus Say has spread over the marshes in the

intertidal areas of the Annisquam Inlet and is generally more

abundant in many places than in former years. A similar spread

and increase for Nassarius obsoletus has been indicated earlier.

On the other hand, Nassarius trivittatus Say was dredged less

often in the Annisquam channel in 1956-1961.

Thais lapillus (Linn) has increased generally throughout the

Annisquam Inlet since the earlier records of 1933-1937. In this

connection I quote from a letter of J. Henry Blake, written in

1920, concerning the abundance of this species compared to that

of Littorina littorea at Provincetown: "L. littorea has taken the

place of P. lapillus (Thais lapillus), which at one time was

generally plentiful while now they are almost rare. The piles

and rocks of the once many wharves being gone, their habitat,

and they cannot live on the sand, it is also a cause." The same

interchange was noted at Cape Ann in 1933 when T. lapillus

virtually disappeared and L. littorea was exceedingly abundant.

However, it cannot be claimed, as Blake thought, that L. littorea

takes the place of T. lapillus, since the former is an herbivore

and the latter a carnivore. They occur together in the same

habitat, but do not compete with each other. These are examples

of two independent population fluctuations occurring simultane-

ously in the same community.

Modiolus demissus (Dillwyn) and Ensis directus (Conrad)

were more abundant during the years 1956-1961, while Macoma

balthica (Linn), Petricola pholadiformis Lamarck, Gemma

gemma (Totten) , and Tellina agilis Stimpson were much less

common during the later years.

68 nautilus Vol. 76 (2)

According to George Gleason, a clam dealer at Gloucester,

the soft-shelled clam Mya arenaria reached the lowest level of

abundance in the years 1952-1953. Since then the clam has been

increasing at Cape Ann. The clam diggers at Essex had their best

season since 1931 in 1957.

Russell (1839) reported that Solemya velum was "very rare"

in the Cape Ann area. This species has been a common one in

the intertidal mud flats of Cape Ann, at least during the period

of 1933-61, over which time the writer has made many collections.

V. Species Formerly Reported But Not Found in Recent Years.

1. The following species have been reported for Cape Ann

by Russell (1852); Gould-Binney (1870); Morse (1909); and

Johnson (1915) . However, they were not collected by either the

writer or by Clarke in recent years:

Anatina papyracea (now Periploma papyratium). Philine quad-

rata. P. formosa. Doto coronata (now Idulia) . Rissoa eburnea.

Tagelus divisus. Turritella erosa (now Tacfiyrhynchus erosum).

T. acicula (now Turritellopsis acicula) . Tergipes despectus.

Adeorbis costulata. Margarites olivacea. Coryphella rufibranchi-

alis. Taonius pavo. Rossia hyatti. R. sublaevis.

2. The following species were not found in 1956-1961, but had

been collected by the writer in previous years:

Siliqua costata (shells only 1956-61) . Cingula aculeus. Mulinia

lateralis. Anomia simplex. Lyonsia hyalina.

VI. Miscellaneous Records.

The record for Aeolis sp. (Dexter, 1947) should be listed as

Aeolidia papulosa (L.) . A very large population of Littorina

saxatilis and Melampus lineatus was destroyed in a large area

of marsh land at the north end of the Annisquam Inlet in 1959.

At that time sediment from the dredging of Lobster Cove was

dumped upon the marsh as a ready means of disposal and to

enlarge the adjacent Wingaersheek Beach,

Crepidula fornicata, C. plana, Nassarius obsoletus, and Petri-

cola pholadijormis have for many years been far more abundant

on Cape Ann than the report by Clarke (1954) would indicate.

These species have been collected often by the writer from shore-

line sampling and by dredging in shallow water.

Mercenaria mercenaria (L.) was introduced into the Annis-

quam River by R. M. Jones in 1955 who liberated about a dozen

specimens obtained from Hadley's Harbor south of Cape Cod.

A few survived each year for the following two years, and at

NAUTILUS 76(2)

PLATE 5

1 1 ion subfusc us i Draparnaud)

October, 1962 nautilus 69

least two survived over a period of three years.

In past years Crassostrea virginica (Gmelin) had been intro-

duced into Goose Cove by several different people, but without

success. In 1959 the Massachusetts Division of Marine fisheries

attempted to introduce this oyster into waters of Cape Ann. This

introduction was reported to be successful through the first season.

Pliacoides filosus (Stimpson) has not been collected alive in

recent years at Cape Ann. In addition to shell records found

earlier, another shell was collected 22 August 1959 by dredging

in Gloucester Harbor. This is the first shell record from the

location.

Yolditi thraciaformis (Storer) was reported by Clarke (1954)

on the basis of a fish stomach specimen. This species has been

dredged from Gloucester Harbor by the writer in recent years.

Neither Clarke nor the writer has collected living specimens

of Mesodesma arc ta turn (Conrad) . Both of us have collected

shells on Good Harbor Beach which are so common it would

seem reasonable that living specimens should be in the area.

Crenella glandula (Totten) was reported by Clarke (1954)

from fish stomachs obtained from deep water. This same species

was recovered by the writer from the stomach of a yellowtail

flounder captured at entrance to Gloucester Harbor in August,

1959.

The ship worm Teredo navalis L. is probably more abundant

in the area than collections would indicate. At the Montgomery

boat yard wood removed from local boats has been seen on many

occasions riddled with the tubes of Teredo. They have also been

found in Lobster buoys and traps which have been washed

ashore.

Specimens of Xylophaga atlantica Richards were seldom col-

lected, but probably are more common than is realized. In

March, 1958, John Auditore gave to the writer numerous speci-

mens removed from a log which had been dredged from a depth

of 30-40 fathoms some 10-15 miles out of Ipswich Bay. These

specimens were given to the Department of Mollusks at the

Museum of Comparative Zoology.

Literature cited

Abbott, R. T. 1954. American seashells. 541 pp.

Bequaert, J. C. 1943. The genus Littorina in the western Atlantic.

Johnsonia no. 7. 27 pp.

70 nautilus Vol. 76 (2)

Clarke, A. H. Jr. 1954. Naut. 67: 112-120.

Dexter, R. W. 1942. Naut. 56: 57-61.

1944. Naut. 58: 18-24.

1945a. Naut. 58: 135-142.

1945b. Naut. 59: 69-70.

1947. Ecolog. Monogr. 17: 261-294.

1956. Naut. 69: 140-141.

1961. Naut. 75: 85-86.

Gould A. A. (Edited by W. G. Binney) . 1870. Report on the

Invertebrata of Massachusetts. 524 pp.

Johnson, C. W. 1915. Fauna of New England. List of Mollusca.

Occ. Papers Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. 7(13): 1-231.

Morse E. S., 1909. Naut. 22: 95.

Russell, J. L. 1839. J. Essex Co. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1: 42-76.

1852. J cit. 3: 126-133.

Townsend, C. W. 1905. The birds of Essex County. Mem. Nuttall

Ornith. Club 3: 352 pp.

COLOR FORMS OF ARION SUBFUSCUS IN

NEW HAMPSHIRE

By LOWELL L. GETZ, University of Connecticut

In a previous paper (Getz, 1962) I listed some locality records

of Avion subfnscus (Draparnaud) in New Hampshire. Later col-

lections made at 2 of the previously listed localities (8 miles

N.W. North Woodstock and 2 miles N.E. Compton) have re-

vealed certain facts concerning the color of this species in New

Hampshire that are of interest.

Two distinct color phases of A. sub f mens are present in New

Hampshire (Plate 5) . One resembles the typical form in having

dark black lateral lines, the other has only a trace of such lines.

In addition, the back of the specimens with indistinct bands

ranges from cream-buff to orange; that of the dark banded form

is light cream color mottled with black pigment. No intergrade

has been found between the 2 forms; the differences are distinct

even in newly hatched individuals. Forty-seven specimens of the

banded form were collected from 3 localities (8 miles N.W.

North Woodstock, 2 miles N.E. Campton and 6 miles S. Gorham) ,

48 of the unhanded form were taken from 2 sites (8 miles N.W.

North Woodstock and 1 mile N. Pequaket) . Six egg masses were

also obtained at the locality at which both color forms were

present. When hatched in the laboratory, 3 of the egg masses

yielded only banded individuals, 2 only unhanded forms, while

October, 1962 nautilus 71

both banded and unbanded (8 and 4 respectively) were obtained

from one.

Specimens of both color forms were sent to Dr. C. O. van

Regteren Altena of the Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historie,

Leiden, Netherlands, for identification. From anatomical studies

he found that both belonged to Avion subfuscus. The occurrence

of both color forms in one egg mass confirms this identification.

Unbanded forms occur throughout Europe and do not appear

to be rare; in certain areas intermediate forms occur, while in

others there appears to be a definite dimorphy (C. O. van

Regteren Altena, personal communication) . Many of these

color forms have been given variety or specific names (see for

example Oakland, 1922; Simroth, 1885; Taylor, 1905-6. Pilsbry

(1948) has reported unbanded forms from the United States

(near Haverford, Pennsylvania) ; he stated that they were refer-

able to the color varieties alba Esmark or succinea Bouillet. The

color of the unbanded New Hampshire specimens resemble the

descriptions of those from Pennsylvania, No comparable speci-

mens of these forms or those from Europe were available; there-

fore, I could not determine to what color form the New Hamp-

shire specimens belong.

Summary

Two distinct color forms of Avion subfuscus have been col-

lected from New Hampshire. One resembles the typical form

in possessing dark bands; the other has only faint traces of lateral

bands. Both color forms w-ere obtained from a single egg mass.

References

Getz, L. L. 1962. Nautilus 75: 25-28

Oekland, F. 1922. Arionidae of Norway. Videnskaps. Skrifter. 1

Mat.-Naturv. Klasse 5: 1-62.

Pilsbry, H. A. 1948. Land mollusca of North America. Monogr.

Acad. Nat. Sci. 3, Vol. 2, pt. 2: 521-1113.

Simroth, H. 1885. Zeit. Wiss Zool. 42: 203-336.

Taylor, J. W. 1905-6. Monograph of the land and fresh water

mollusca of the British Islands. 2: 161-280.

AMERICAN MALACOLOGICAL UNION MEETINGS, 1962

The American Malacological Union and its Pacific Division

held summer meetings in 1962, both well attended and as always

an unqualified success.

The Pacific Division met at Asilomar near Monterey, Cali-

72 nautilus Vol. 76 (2)

fornia, June 27-30. Robert W. Talmadge presided as Chairman

while these papers were heard: "The genus Olivella in the eastern

Pacific," John Q. Burch. "The chiton family of Guadalupe

Island," Allyn G. Smith. "A statistical study of Conus perplexus

Sowerby and Conus ximenes Gray," Fay Wolfson. "Comparison

of two rare cowrie species," Crawford N. Cate, "Systematics of

Indo-Pacific Conidae," Alan J. Kohn. "A taxonomic problem in

the ocenebras," E. P. Chace. "A few notes on the intertidal zona-

tion of the west Mexican coast," Eugene Coan. "Plan for an illus-

trated handbook on west American prosobranch gastropods,"

James H. McLean. "Random notes on Littorina newcombiana

Hemphill," Robert W. Talmadge. "Small pelecypods: how to

identify them," A. Myra Keen. "Mollusks of Cocos Islands," Leo

G. Hertlein. "Before Linnaeus," A. Myra Keen.

The following officers were elected to serve the Pacific Division

in 1962-1963: Chairman, Crawford N. Cate. Vice-chairman, A.

Myra Keen. Secretary, Ruth French. Treasurer, Fay Wolfsch. The

1963 meeting will be held in June, at Santa Barbara, California.

The American Malacological Union had accepted the invita-

tion of co-hosts South Presbyterian College and the St. Petersburg

Shell Club, to meet in St. Petersburg, Florida. The college pro-

vided the opportunity to meet, eat and sleep beneath one roof;

and the club members, the hard work necessary to launch and

conduct a 4-day meeting.

From July 31st through August 3rd, with President William K.

Emerson in the chair, these papers were presented: "Shells of

Tampa Bay," Lulu B. Seikman. "Living mollusks photographed

by Theophil Kuczynski," Florence Kuczynski. "Mussel distribu-

tion in relation to stream confluence in northern Michigan,"

Henry van der Schalie (read by George M. Davis) . "Small begin-

nings," Adlai B. Wheel. A theoretical model for measuring

secondary productivity in mollusks," George M. Davis. "Com-

parative generic affinities of the sphaeriid clam genus Enpera

Bourguignat, 1845," William H. Heard. "Water in mantle cavity

of land snails," Walter C. Glen. "The systematic position of the

family Caecidae," Donald R. Moore. "Collecting fresh-water

snails in Florida," Richard I. Johnson. "Notes on the classifica-

tion of fresh-water limpets," John Bayard Burch. "The genus

Latiaxis in Japan," Anthony D'Attilio. "Shell boring habit of

Capulus danieli," Virginia Orr. " 'Brainwash' experiments with

October, 1962 nautilus 73

mollusks," Henry E. Coomans. "Nest building in Muscuhis,"

Arthur S. Merrill. "Fossil shells of Florida," Edna Marcott. "What

is Cypraea arabica niger?" William E. Old, Jr. "Cuba, a lost shell

paradise," M. K. Jacobson. "Rochejortia — a new record in Tampa

Bay," J. P. E. Morrison. "Fresh-water mollusks of Georgia," Wil-

liam J. Clench. "Triphoridae of the Florida Gulf Coast," Dan

Steger. "Report of the San Diego Museum Expedition to the

Vermillion Sea, Gulf of California," William K. Emerson.

Highlights of the meetings were the fish fry which the St.

Petersburg Shell Club provided for their guests the first evening,

the luau-style banquet at a Polynesian-style restaurant, and an

all-day collecting trip to one of the famous shelling beaches of

Tampa Bay.

The 1963 meeting will be held at the Museum of Science, in

Buffalo, New York. The officers elected to serve in 1962-1963 are:

President, Albert R. Mead. Vice-president, John Q. Burch. Second

Vice-president, Crawford N. Cate. Secretary, Margaret C. Teskey.

Treasurer, Jean M. Cate. Publications Editor, M. J. Jacobson.

Councillors-at-Large, Bernadine Baker, Arthur H. Clarke, Jr.,

Dee Dundee, Donald R. Moore.

— Margaret S. Teskey, Secretary.

OLIVE HORNBROOK MACFARLAND

1872-1962

On May 1, 1962, Mrs. MacFarland died at Stanford Univer-

sity at the age of 90 after an illness of several months. During

her college career she took a course under Prof. Frank Mace

MacFarland, the most active American worker on Nudibranchia

for many years. Her master's thesis (unpublished) was on a species

of this group from the west coast. In preparing this, it developed

that she had unusual talent in drawing the living animals in

color as well as the anatomical details in black and white.

After they were married she illustrated the most important

of Dr. MacFarland's papers on the Nudibranchia. For many

years he had in preparation a monographic study of the west

American species of this group but at the time of his death in

1951, it was unfinished. From then until her death she labored

constantly in trying to put the manuscript and notes in form for

publication. It may be that she accomplished her purpose. In

74 nautilus Vol. 76 (2)

this work there are approximately 80 plates, 35 of them clone

in beautiful water colors.

The anatomical drawings are done by a technique which she

perfected to an amazing degree. They are done with "crayon

sauce" and brushes.

Since illustrations are as important as text in most taxonomic

publications on mollusks, it is believed that conchologists owe

this slight tribute to the artist, Olive H. MacFarland.

— G. Dallas Hanna.

NOTES AND NEWS

Additions to Teton County, Wyoming, Mollusca. — Field

work in the Grand Teton National Park during the summer of

1961 has disclosed two species of mollusks previously unreported

for Wyoming, and nine species to be added to the Teton County

list.

The state records are as follows:

Vertigo elatior Sterki: Moran Junction, aspen grove, under

leaves.

Pisidium obtusale Pfr. var. robusta: Small lily pond south of

Arizona Lake, collected by D. W. Taylor Sc D. E. Beetle; Bay

east of Berol Ranch; pond on Signal Mt., all in mud.

County records are as follows:

Vertigo ovata Say: Pacific Creek pond #1, in moss.

Spfiaerium striatinum (Lam.) : Pacific Creek pond #1, in mud

and moss at edge of pond.

Pisidium compressum Prime: Snake River near Wilson, swampy

area along the river: Snake River near Flagg Ranch, swampy.

Galba parva (Lea) : Moran Junction, swampy area in aspen, on

Juncus.

Gyraulas circumstriatus (Tryon) : Pacific Creek pond #1, on

moss and plant roots.

Gyraulus parvus (Say) : Oxbow of the Snake River; Third Creek.

Armiger crista (L.): Pacific Creek pond #1, in moss at edge of

pond, Third Creek, on aquatic vegetation.

Promenetus exacuous (Say) : Third Creek; pond south of Arizona

Lake; Pacific Creek #1, in moss at edge of pond.

Pfiysa skinneri Taylor: Gros Ventre pond, east of Slide Lake;

Pacific Creek pond #2; Signal Mt. pond, pond south of Arizona

Lake. — Dorothy E. Beetle.

On south Atlantic Columbellidae. — The southern limit in

the range of Anachis obesa (C. B. Adams) is on the coast of Rio

THE NAUTILUS

Vol. 76 January, 1963 No. 3

BATHYMETRIC AND GEOGRAPHIC DISTRIBUTION

OF PANOPEA BITRUNCATA

By ROBERT ROBERTSON

Assistant Curator of Mollusks,

Vcaderri) of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia

Although considered rare, the large shells of Panopea bitrun-

cata (Conrad, 1872), one of two eastern American species in the

genus1 (family Hiatellidae ["Saxicavidae"]) , have long been

known from the beaches of North Carolina, and from the At-

lantic and Gulf coasts of north Florida. Following C. W. John-

son's suggestion (1929, p. 85) that this bivalve might be locally

extinct, Abbott (1954) stated that possibly it was wholly so. The

latter supposition was negated when Pope (1955) and M. C.

Johnson (1956) reported the discovery of a live specimen in

intertidal mud at St. Augustine, northeast Florida (Fig. 1, local-

ity 3) .

Panopea normally lives with its shell deeply buried in mud or

sand, ■with the fused, elongate siphons extending to the surface

of the substratum. Evidence is presented in this paper which

suggests that a P. bitruncata dislodged during a storm could not

rebury itself and remained alive loose on the surface of the

substratum for 3 months.

Other information on P. bitruncata which has been accumu-

lated since the publication of M. C. Johnson's (1956) paper is

also presented here. P. bitruncata has been obtained alive at 4

other localities during and since 1956. The known bathymetric

range is extended from near low water down to 26 fathoms, and

the known geographic range is extended to southern Texas.

Hitherto, the species has not been reported west of Mobile Point,

"Mississippi" [actually Alabama; see Fig. 1] (Dall, 1898; C. W.

Johnson, 1904).

'P. abbreviata Valenciennes ranges from 47° 46' S., southern Argentina

(Carcclles, 194 1), north to Rio de Janeiro (23° 00' S.) , Brasil (Lange, 1949).

On taxonomy of whole genus, see Laray (1925).

7".

76

NAUTILUS

Vol. 76(3)

[an., 1963 nautilus 77

Localities where P. bitruncata has been collected are plotted

on the accompanying map (Fig. 1) . Numbered spots indicate

localities where specimens have been obtained alive. Circles

indicate the additional localities where presumed non-fossil shell

valves have been collected. Most of the latter are at The Academy

ol Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (A.N.S.P.) , United States

National Museum (U.S.N.M.), and Museum of Comparative

Zoology (M.C.Z.).

For illustrations of P. bitruncata, see C. W. Johnson (1904) ,

M. C. Johnson (1956), and (abnormal shell) Conrad (1872).

Reasons for spelling the generic name Panopea rather than

Panope (prevalent in American literature) are given by Vokes

& Cox (1961).

Locality records and observations. I. Living Specimens. A.

Northeastern Florida. 1. On July 29, 1961, a single live specimen

was collected by Mr. H. Mace Stephens from black, oozy mud in

very shallow water at Fort George Inlet, near Jacksonville (Fig.

1, locality 1). (Anon., 1961.)

2. On July 19, 1956, the collecting crew of the Marineland

Research Laboratory dredged a specimen in 12 fathoms, about 9

miles northeast of St. Augustine Inlet (locality 2) . The specimen

was generously donated to The Academy (A.N.S.P. no. 205817)

by Mr. F. G. Wood, Curator at the Laboratory. The body of the

animal is preserved in alcohol; the shell valves are in the dry

collection. The shell is thin and fragile; the left valve is 11.4 cm.

long and 7.4 cm. high (right valve broken) .

This specimen is noteworthy in two respects: (i) . The peri-

ostracum on the fused siphons is arranged in annular, wavy

bands, with lamellar projections as high as 6 mm. irregularly

concentrated along the dorsal surface and left side. Siphonal

pei iostracum of specimens from localities 3 and 4 is wrinkled but

there arc no lamellar projections, (ii) . There are small barnacles

on the exterior of each of the shell valves, and a few also on the

mantle and siphonal periostracum. These barnacles were present

when the animal was dredged {fide F. G. Wood) . All are Balanus

(Balanus) amphitrite nivens Darwin, which occasionally attains

a diameter of 10-12 mm. and which is known from low water

down to about 30 fathoms (Pilsbry, 1916). The barnacles are

concentrated at the antero-ventral portions of each shell valve

78 nautilus Vol. 76(3)

and are absent from the umbonal areas. In carino-rostral diam-

eter, the barnacles range from 0.6 to 2.4 mm. and average 1.4 mm.

(131 measured on left valve; 48 on right) .

Had this Panopea lived with the shell deeply buried, barnacles

could not have settled on it. The presence and position of the

barnacles indicate that the Panopea rested on the dorsal portion

of its shell, lying loose on the surface of the substratum for at

least several weeks. The barnacles on the shell could have at-

tained a diameter of 2.4 mm. in 1-3 weeks, assuming the maxi-

mum probable growth rate. Assuming the minimum rate, the

barnacles could have grown for a much longer time. (Extrapola-

tions from published data on the summer growth rate of Balanus

amphitrite in shallow water at Hawaii (Edmondson &: Ingram,

1939; Edmondson, 1944) and near Miami, Florida (Smith et al.,

1950), with allowances for a slower growth rate in 12 fathoms

and for the larger size of the Hawaiian subspecies.)

To explain the abnormal position in life of this Panopea, I

suggest that it was dislodged from its burrow during the unusu-

ally intense cyclonic storm which passed over St. Augustine April

10-11, 1956 (McQueen & Rammer, 1956) , and that it lived loose

on the bottom for 3 months until it was dredged (July 19) . The

lamellar projections on the siphons might normally be abraded

when the siphons are drawn up and down the burrow.

3. See M. C. Johnson (1956) and Pope (1955).

B. Texas. 4. In July, 1961, several specimens were dredged

by shrimp fishermen from 17-25 fathoms near some oil rigs off

Galveston Island (locality 4) . One of these remained alive 5

days out of water. Mr. W. C. DeWitt (Freeport), who preserved

the animal by injecting formalin, kindly loaned for study his shell

containing the dried animal. This shell is 17.7 cm. long, 11.9 cm.

high, and the 2 valves (closed) are 8.6 cm. wide. According to

Mr. DeWitt, the partially contracted siphons extended 7]/2 ins.

(19 cm.) beyond the posterior end of the shell. The present loca-

tions of the other specimens are unknown. Mr. DeWitt has sug-

gested that they all were dislodged from mud by the oil drilling

activities.

5. According to Dr. Thomas E. Pulley (letter dated May 8,

1962), shells "are not uncommon in collections from the Port

Isabel area. . . . There is one specimen there that was taken alive

Jan., 1963 nautilus 79

by a shrimper when his boards buried in a mud lump. . . ." Ac-

cording to Betty Allen (letter dated May 28, 1962), this live

specimen was obtained by her husband from 26 fathoms due easl

of the Port Isabel Bar (locality 5).

II. Dead Specimens. A. North Carolina. Except for one occur-

rence, P. bitruncata is known exclusively from the Carolinian

fauna! province. One pair of recently dead shells has been ob-

tained in the Virginian faunal area, part of the Boreal province

(see Coomans, 1962) , about 20 miles north of Cape Hatteras

(Fig. 1) which is the northern boundary of the Carolinian prov-

ince. This specimen was dredged from an unrecorded depth by

a trawler southeast of Wimble Shoal (opposite Rodanthe), Nov.

1958 (American Mus. Nat. Hist. no. 85984, from F. W. Watson) .

Mrs. Z. W. Craine collected a pair of shells containing remains

of soft parts in late September, 1959, after a severe storm (washed

ashore about 25 miles W.S.W. of Cape Hatteras: Atlantic beach

S. end Ocracoke Island) .

Beaufort (U.S.N.M.) ; Fort Macon (holotype A.N.S.P. no.

51116 [pair]; topotype A.N.S.P. no. 148105).

B. Northeastern Florida. St. Augustine (U.S.N.M.; M.C.Z.);

Coronado Beach (M.C.Z.) ; Cape Canaveral (M.C.Z.) .

C. Western Florida. Sanibel Island (M.C.Z.; McLean, 1936);

Punta Gorda Beach (A.N.S.P.) ; Sarasota Bay (U.S.N.M.) ;

Tampa (Maury, 1920).

D. X or tl rw c stern Florida. Crooked Island, off St. Andrew

Sound (A.N.S.P.; Vanatta, 1904) ; Hurricane Island, off Panama

City (U.S.N.M.); Panama City (A.N.S.P.) .

E. Alabama. Mobile Point (Dall, 1898, as P. floridana Heil-

prin) .

F. Texas. Shell valves have been collected on the beach of

Sou tli Padre Island and a pair in poor condition has been

trawled by a shrimp fisherman from about 30 fathoms northeast

of Port Isabel (fide T. E. Pulley ancd Betty Allen).

Conclusions

Panopea bitruncata occurs alive from the lower intertidal zone

down to a depth of at least 26 fathoms. Hitherto, the genus ap-

pears not to have been reported alive at such depths, although

dead Panopea shells are known from 60-70 fathoms (Powell,

1950) . Seemingly, the only prior records of Panopea occurring

80 nautilus Vol. 76 (3)

alive below the tidal zone are those of Navaz y Sanz (1946) and

of Cotton (1961), who mention (respectively) P. glycimeris

(Born) from 1-2 fathoms (depth estimated from H.O. chart

4398) and P. australis Sowerby from 7-8 fathoms. Most reports of

live Panopea concern specimens dug in the lower intertidal zone,

where they are most readily collected (Valenciennes, 1839; Lowe,

1933; Milne & Milne, 1948).

Panopea may usually be a subtidal bivalve. Specimens rarely

would be obtained alive below the tidal zone because of the

depth at which they normally live buried. Living subtidal speci-

mens perhaps have all been obtained under exceptional circum-

stances.

P. bitruncata can be expected wherever there are suitable

substrata in the stippled area in Fig. 1. Locally, it may be fairly

abundant below the tidal zone because shell valves (many of

them admittedly worn or subfossil) slowly accumulate on Caro-

linian, Floridian, and Texan beaches. The known distribution

now coincides with the extent of the Carolinian faunal province,

except for one occurrence in the southern part of the Boreal

province.

There are numerous fossil species of Panopea; they range

back in age perhaps to the mid-Jurassic (Cox, 1946) . Believing

that living species in the genus are relicts, some malacologists

have claimed that there have been extinctions during or since

the Pleistocene epoch. For example, Barnard (1952?) states that

a South African Panopea, P. natalensis Woodward, is "not living

at the present day" but that it occurs "as a fossil in Pleistocene

raised beaches around the coast."2 In view of the negation of a

similar suggestion made in 1954 regarding P. bitruncata, all such

claims are perilous. P. natalensis (s.s.) was once obtained alive

shortly prior to 1839 (Valenciennes, 1839; Woodward, 1856).

Acknowledgments. The following persons kindly provided

information: R. T. Abbott, Betty Allen, Z. W. Craine, W. C.

DeWitt, W. E. Old, Jr., T. E. Pulley, J. Rosewater, Mildred Tate,

R. D. Turner, and F. G. Wood, Jr.

- Hoepen (1940) has claimed that the South African Pleistocene fossils

are a different species, which he named P. dreyeri. P. natalensis was first

collected in southern Angola, not Natal (Winckworth & Winckworth, 1935) .

P. natalensis and P- dreyeri closely resemble P. glycimeris which, according

to Nickles (1950, as P. aldrovandi Menard) , ranges south to Dakar, Senegal.

Jan., 1963 nautilus 81

References

Abbott, R. T. 1954. American Seashells, p. 454.

Anonymous 1961. The Shell-o-gram (Jacksonville Shell Club),

2(8): 1. Mimeogr.

Barnard, K. H. 1952? A Beginner's Guide to South African Shells,

2nd. ed., p. 167.

Carcelles, A. 1944. Rev. Mus. La Plata, scr. 2, Zool., 3: 294, pi. 14,

fig. 114.

Conrad, T. A. 1872. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 24: 216,

pi. 7, fig. 1.

Coomans, H. E. 1962. Beaulortia, 9(98).

Cotton, B. C. 1961. South Australian Mollusca; Pelccypoda, pp.

304-305.

Cox, L. R. 1946. Proc. Malac. Soc. London, 27: 30-31.

Dall, W. H. 1898. Trans. Wagner Free Inst. Sci. Philadelphia,

3(4) : 831.

Edmondson, C. H. 1944. Occ. Pap. B.P. Bishop Mus., 18(1):

16-23.

Edmondson, C. H. & W. M. Ingram 1939. Ibid., 14 (14) : 257-264.

Hoepen, E. C. N. van 1940. Tydskrif vir Wetenskap en Kuns

(Bloemfontein), ser. 2, 1 (2): 185-193, pis. 10-11.

Johnson, C. W. 1904. Naut., 18: 73-75, pi. 4.— 1929. Ibid., 42:

82-85.

Johnson, M. C. 1956. Ibid., 69: 121-123, pi. 8.

Lamy, E. 1925. J. Conchyl., 68: 266-279.

Lange de Morretes, F. 1949. Arq. Mus. Paranaense, 7: 47.

Lowe, H. N. 1933. Naut., 47: 46.

Maury, C. J. 1920. Bulls. Amer. Paleo., 8(34) : 142 (110).

McLean, R. A. 1936. Naut., 49: 104.

McQueen, H. R. & W. A. Rammer 1956. Monthly Weather Re-

view (U.S. Weather Bureau), 84(4): 166-178 (see also Chart

X).

Milne, L. J. & M. J. 1948. Natural History, 57(4) : 162-167, 190,

figs.

Navaz y Sanz, J. M. 1946 ["1945"]. Bol. R. Soc. Espanola Hist.

Nat., 43: 365-368.

Nickles, M. 1950. Moll. Test. Marins Cote Occid. Afrique, p. 228.

Pilsbrv, H. A. 1916. Bull. U.S. Natl. Mus., 93: 92-96.

Pope, V. A. 1955 ["1954"]. Quart. J. Florida Acad. Sci., 17: 252.

Powell, A. W. B. 1950. Rec. Auckland Inst. Mus., 4: 77-79.

Smith, F. G. W., R. H. Williams & C. C. Davis 1950. Ecology,

31: 138.

Valenciennes, A. 1839. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. [Paris], 1: 1-38,

pis. 1-6.

Vanatta, E. G. 1904 ["1903"]. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,

5b: 756-757.

Yokes, H. E. & L. R. Cox 1961. Bull. Zool. Nomencl., 18: 184-188.

82 nautilus Vol. 76 (3)

Winckworth, H. C. & R. 1935. J. Conchol., 20: 162.

Woodward, S. P. 1856 ["1855"]. Proc. Zool. Soc. London, 23: 218-

221.

VARIATIONS IN THE ANATOMY OF THE SUCCINEID

GASTROPOD OXYLOMA RETUSA

By DOROTHEA S. FRANZEN

Biology Department, Illinois Wesleyan University

In North America, the family of Succineidae is represented by

the genera Oxyloma Westerlund, Succinea Draparnaud, and

Catinella Pease (Quickella C. Boettger) (Pilsbry, 1948, p. 775) .

The shells of these genera are generally fragile, amber colored,

ovate, imperforate and consist of up to four whorls. The spire

is short, the aperture large, ovate and bounded by a sharp

peristome.

At first, the systematics of gastropod mollusks generally were

based upon shell characters. This method has been satisfactory

in the treatment of gastropods whose shells have distinctive

features as those, for example, of the Pupillidae. Subsequent

studies of the soft anatomy of the Pupillidae (Steenberg, 1925)

and of North American Pupillidae (Baker, 1935) have done

very little more than confirm the taxonomic variations which

previously were based essentially on shell characters.

The shells of the Succineidae lack specific features such as color

patterns, ridges or distinctive lamellae and folds within the

aperture. Traditionally the systematics of the group have been

based on shell characters such as relative size and shape of the

shell, size and shape of the aperture, which all have since proved

to be not specifically nor sometimes even generically distinctive.

Therefore, a great deal of the systematics within this family are

in a state of error and confusion.

Quick's (1935) careful study of the anatomy of the British

Succineidae brought to the attention of the malacologists the

existence within this family of the differentiating characteristics

of anatomical structures such as the genitalia and to a certain

degree the genital apertures, radulae, jaws, and pigmentation of

the body and mantle, and thereby introduced the employment

of such characteristics in the systematics of the Succineidae.

Further systematic studies of the family have been based on

Jan., 1963 nautilus 83

Quick's method. Boettger (1939), in his study of the German

Succinea, described the genus Quickella, separating it from

Succinea Draparnaud on the basis of the structure of the male

genitalia. Pilsbry (1948) included, admittedly to a limited ex-

tent, anatomical features along with shell characters in his treat-

ment of Succineidae in North America. Odhner (1950) revised

the systematics by erecting the subfamily Catinellinae and

establishing the taxonomic categories within the subfamily on

characteristics of the respective genitalia, along with the radulae.

Continued studies of Succineidae in the United States have

further demonstrated that the employment of characteristics

of the soft anatomy, especially those of the genital systems,

radulae, jaws and features of the external body wall is essential

in the systematics of this family. Lee (1951) in describing Suc-

cinea vaginacontorta used chiefly anatomical features in his

systematic treatment. Webb (1953, 1954) in studying the sys-

tematics of succineids in midwestern United States found the

anatomical structures to be useful and the shell structures es-

sentially unreliable. Miles (1958) , in his classification of the

Succineidae in Kansas, employed chiefly the characteristics of

the genitalia, which he found to be distinctive, rather than the

shells which lack reliable generic as well as specific differentiat-

ing features (p. 1500). Franzen (1959) described anatomical

features of the North American species Succinea ovalis Say (the

type of Novosuccinea) which distinguish it from the European

Succinea putris (Linne) .

The extent to which anatomical characters of species within a

genus may be used successfully as a guide to systematic relation-

ships is dependent, however, upon sound knowledge of the nature

and degree of variations that may exist among the members of

a freely interbreeding local population, or among disjunct popu-

lations of the same species. Without information concerning the

nature and degree of individual and geographical variation

within a population or in a series of populations, anatomical

data cannot be employed in full confidence.

The results of studies made of anatomical variations occurring

in Oxyloma retusa are herein described. The purpose is to estab-

lish the extent of variation in this particular species and thus to

be able to use the degree of variation as a standard for further

84 nautilus Vol. 76(3)

comparative studies among North American species of the Suc-

cineidae. Because, among the several organ systems, the repro-

ductive organs are regarded as the most sensitive to selection

pressure, variations in their anatomy have been emphasized.

Variations in other features, including those of the shell, jaw,

radula and external features of the animal such as pigmentation

of the body and mantle, are also considered and data are pre-

sented. The author's intention is to note variations within a pop-

ulation as well as the geographical ones.

To obtain information regarding variation within a popula-

tion, the individual collections were restricted to an interbreed-

ing population in a single, small, well-defined habitat. To note

geographical variations, collections were made from 1 1 stations

whose range extended from northwestern Minnesota (Station 1)

to southwestern Kansas (Station 11) and east from northwestern

Iowa (Station 7) and central Illinois (Station 8) , west to south-

western Kansas (Station 11). The geographic range is large

enough and the habitats differ sufficiently for the snails to exhibit

variations possibly attributable to ecological conditions and/or

genetic isolation. The collections were made in the months of

May, June and July, from 1956 to 1961.

The collecting stations, together with brief descriptions of their

local ecology, listed in a north to south geographic order are:

1. National Migratory Waterfowl Refuge, Mud Lake, Marshall

County, Minnesota, about 120 mi. N. Itasca State Park.. Snails

lived on leaves of cattails growing in shallow water along the

unshaded shores of large ponds.

2. Itasca State Park, Clearwater County, Minnesota. Snails

lived among grasses on the wet unshaded shore of the Mississippi

River, 200 yds. from its source in Lake Itasca.

3. Itasca State Park, Clearwater County, Minnesota. Snails

lived among cattails growing in a depression formed by an ice

bank on the shore of Elk Lake.

4. Meadow pond, Hubbard County, Minnesota, 10 mi. N.E.

Itasca State Park. A growth of grasses and sedges afforded cover

for the snails on the unshaded shore of the pond.

5. Waubun Prairie University of Minnesota Research Area,

Mahnomen County, Minnesota, 40 mi. N. Lake Itasca. The habi-

tat of the snails was among the sedges growing on the mudflat of

the unshaded shore of a pothole pond.

6. Heron Lake, 0.5 mi. N. city of Heron Lake, Jackson County,

Minnesota. A dense growth of cattails on the muddy and wet

Jan., 1963 nautilus 85

shore of a large pond supported a large population of the snails.

7. Miller's Bay, west side of Lake Okobojie, Dickinson County,

Iowa. Snails lived among and on the cattails growing on the

muddy and wet shore of a large pond.

8. Two mi. E. Peoria, Tazewell County, Illinois, east side of

U. S. Hgwy. 150. Snails lived among the cattails growing in a

slough formed by drainage from a hillside.

9. One mi. S. White Cloud, Doniphan County, Kansas. The

habitat was a growth of cattails on the flood plain of the Mis-

souri River.

10. One and one-hall mi. S. Muscotah, Jefferson County, Kan-

sas. The habitat was an artesian spring-fed cattail swamp.

11. Meade County State Park, Meade County, Kansas. The

snails lived among the cattails growing along the shore of a pond.

Procedure. The snails were relaxed and killed for dissection

by a slow drowning process. This was achieved by placing a few

individuals in a vial containing a dilute solution of sodium nem-

butal and ethyl alcohol and sealing the vial to exclude air. Snails

to be used for later study were preserved in 70% alcohol.

A total of more than 150 bodies of snails and their shells were

examined. All the snails studied were sexually mature and active

although not all were fully grown. Scale drawings were made of

the reproductive organs and also of radulae and jaws. The shell,

drawings and correlated preserved and anatomical preparations

from a single snail were catalogued with the same number in

oiclcr to retain their identity.

Individual and Geographic Variations. Pilsbry (1948) in his

study of the Succineidae includes a review of Oxyloma return.

Shell measurements of several representative collections are given.

Lea's type from near Cincinnati, Ohio, is 0.7 in. (17.9 mm.) in

length and 0.3 in. (7.7 mm.) in diameter. Although Pilsbry does

not give any measurements based upon O. retusa specifically, he

gives (p. 787) measurements of 3 shells of Succinea higginsi

Bland, which he considers "to be practically typical retusa", from

Put-in-Bay Island, Lake Erie. The length varies from 15.5 to 16.3

mm., the diameter from 7.7 to 8.7 mm., and the length of the

aperture from 11.6 to 12.0 mm. He also states that Succinea

retUsa magister, which he now considers synonymous with O.

retusa, attains a maximum height of 18 mm., greatest width 9y2

to 10 mm. and length of aperture 13 to 14 mm.

Pilsbry (p. 786) records his impression of O. retusa: "Typically

86 nautilus Vol. 76 (3)

this species differs from O. [xyloma] d. [ecampi] gouldi by the

larger size and the broader, more retracted and less deeply curved

basal margin of the aperture. However, these are variable quali-

ties; in some of the forms temporarily placed here as races of

retusa, the basal arc of the peristome is rather deeply arched.

The color is colonial buff."

Variations in shell, structure. In most of the localities from

which collections for this study were made, the snails were abun-

dant so that a large series could be obtained. The data recorded

in Table I are from the 3 largest shells selected from each of

the stations.

The whorls are sharply incised and vary in number from 2y2

to 31/2- The surface is marked with irregularly spaced and oblique

striae. The nuclear whorl is finely stippled and white in appear-

ance. The ultimate whorl is large and terminates in an ovate

aperture whose base is deeply arcuate and apex sharply pointed.

The peristome is sharp and the callous very thin. Sometimes the

columella emerges below the apex of the aperture and continues

along the margin of the ultimate whorl in the form of a spiral

plait.

The shells obtained from the localities included in this study

exhibit a range in maximum height from 8.3 mm. (Station 4) to

19.8 mm. (Station 7) . The shells from within Lake Itasca State

Park (Stations 2 and 3) and nearby (Station 4) are the smallest.

The largest shells are from stations: No. 6, Heron Lake, Minne-

sota; No. 7, Lake Okobojie, Iowa; and No. 9, White Cloud, Kan-

sas. The shells of the intermediate size range are from stations:

No. 1, Mud Lake, Minnesota; No. 5, Waubun Prairie, Minnesota;

No. 8, Peoria, Illinois; No. 10, Muscotah, Kansas; and No. 11,

Meade County, Kansas (Table I) .

The height of the aperture ranges from 65.9 to 84 per cent of

the total height of the shell. The height of the aperture varies

from 5.5 mm.., in the smallest shell here recorded, to 13.7 mm. in

the cases of the shells whose total height are 19.8 and 18.4 mm.

The largest aperture is not necessarily found in the largest shell.

The width/height ratio of the shell varies from 46.7 to 60 per

cent. Again, the aperture of greatest width cannot be correlated

with the shell of the greatest width.

The width/height ratio of the aperture also varies notably.

Jan., 1963 nautilus 87

The greatest height of the aperture here recorded is 13.7 mm.

whereas its width is 6.9 mm. (width/height, 74.4 per cent). An

aperture which measures 13.1 mm. in height measures 8 mm. in

width (width/height, 71.9 per cent). Other ratios of various

measurements are to be noted in Table L

c <^i cotoo o •-<«>. <o t; ** *2 * ^ ^^9 "°"J ^ ~2 " ^ '

iW wtoo •ij'Uiro l~ o **• in t- c- *d ~h >-* o «-• ■* *? °. '

i .« •# tf rt H .#0 0

:r

O t- W *J< t- to w o ei ^J*n-U3 .-. t~ o» eoco^ went* o O CO o «

owo> n -4 *> o i£» co .* -* cq eft fr- o> V5 c~ CO owirt od^^h o <

S= <

1| ^ .£ wu)C .-< w 10 co c- w — iow w c- rj t-HN c- to to to cy co w t- h t~ to to .# o <

s| jf £ .-too (cc- io o o> o "aioto W CO ff> tO tO tO flWCJ -t O Ol 00 N tO ~ WW N w |

H Ol

et w £ J^' oi rt t- to »-t co t- to .-t to m o »H r- f- o t- o LO lO CO c- o '

* K

o woo

o> co co t- r- © co co r- c- c- c» e- I

M * +> x pj - jc o v <h <g o a.

5 °i .5 . £ S 6 a ,. fc ° .? - s d „ . _

*2 i-J -- L, % .-3 O 3 13 © ~* © © O © ©

« © T3 13 .O W©t. .** Ih O >a 4?

*? T3 n > <s .X <3 3 U w .* o -H • --< » a «j

*" J3 w w © W © k) © •** d C £ C d O © +»

S S « C [d Si s tc aJ O. S <5 .C H St CO

The measurements are of the 3 largest shells of each of the 11 localities.

In the I'h column of measurements are listed the ratios of the width of

the shell over its height. In the last 3 columns are listed the ratios of

the height of the aperture over the height of the shell; width of aperture

over width of shell; width of aperture over height of aperture.

88 nautilus Vol. 76(3)

The distribution of the various size ranges, as noted above and

recorded in Table I, does not indicate any relationship between

the geographical distribution and the size of the shell. The larger

shells are from localities to the north and south of the localities

of the smallest shells (Lake Itasca State Park) , as well as from

localities to the east and west.

Variations in external appearance of the body. The body wall

is light cream colored, finely and irregularly tuberculate, and pep-

pered with flecks of black pigment. Over the dorsal surface of the

head up to the posterior tentacles, the flecks occur in irregular

patches. At the level of the posterior tentacles, the flecks are

arranged in 3 not sharply defined bands The median dorsal band

divides as it extends toward the mantle collar. It tends to become

lighter as it approaches the collar and sometimes does not extend

that far. The median band is flanked on either side by an equally

wide band which extends to the mantle collar. The lateral body

wall is pigmented by a broad band which becomes lighter ven-

trally and terminates above the ventral margin leaving a white

band along the ventral border of the body wall corresponding in

length to that of the foot. The mantle is generally darkly and

uniformly speckled. Sometimes light blotches along the anterior

niai gin produce a mottled or broadly striped effect. Through

the mantle the kidney is seen as an orange band following the

contour of the body. Frequently a darkly pigmented band on the

mantle outlines the posterior margin of the kidney. The degree

of pigmentation on the body wall and on the mantle is variable

from very light to very heavy. A few very darkly pigmented

(essentially black) individuals were found at the Mud Lake Na-

tional Migratory Waterfowl Refuge (Station 1).

Towards the ventral margin, shallow vertical grooves incise the

very shallow suprapedal groove and the pedal groove producing

a series of shallow scallops along the ventral margin especially

when the animal is in a partially contracted state. The genital

aperture is a slit ranging in length from 0.6 to 0.9 mm. and is

surrounded by an oval, white lip. In animals preserved in alcohol

I'n lip appears less tumid in some individuals than in others.

Variations in the radula and jaw. The structure of the radula

of Oxyloma retusa bears the general generic characteristics. It is

comprised of from 70 to 112 rows of teeth. The number of teeth

Counts made of representative radulae to show variations in the number of

lows of teeth in a radula and variations of the number of teeth in a row.

TO)

Figure 1. Representative teeth of a radula. 500x. C. Center; 1. lateral; 6,

lateral; 9, lateral with an endocone: 10, marginal; 14, marginal; 31, marginal.

Figure 2. Jaw. 27x.

in a row is variable as well as the number of laterals and mar-

ginals. The number of the laterals and the marginals approaches

a ratio of 1:3 or 1:4 as can be noted in Table II. The form of

the teeth also is characteristic of the genus in that the basal plate

is longer and more tapering than that of Succinea and Catinella

(Quick, 1933, p. 296, figs. 1-4; Franzen, 1959, p. 195, fig. 3) . In

the laterals, an endocone is generally wanting but in some of the

outermost laterals an endocone is present. A distinct endocone is

generally, but not always present in the marginals. The ectocone

90

NAUTILUS

Vol. 76(3)

is single in the laterals and divided into 3 in the marginals ex-

cepting in the most medial ones in which it is divided into only

two. In the outermost marginals, the lateral ectocone tends to

be longer than the other two (Text Fig. 1) . The variations of

the tooth structure cannot be considered taxonomically signifi-

EPIFHALLUS

PENIAL APPENDIX

PENIAL RETRACTOR

MUSCLE

PENIAL SHEATH

VAS DEFERENS

PRM

PRM

PRM

H

PRM

Figure 3. Penis shown inside of penis sheath cut open. All figures 13x. The

figures are of snails taken from the following localities: A. Lake Okobojie;

B. Waubun Prairie; C. Lake Okobojie; D. Lake Okobojie; E. Waubun

Prairie; F. Waubun Prairie; G. Heron Lake; H. Lake Okobojie; I. Waubun

Prairie.

Jan., 1963

NAUTILUS

91

Figure 4. Albumin gland with fertilization sac and hermaphroditic duct.

All figures 13x. The figures are of snails taken from the following localities:

A. Lake Okobojie; B. Lake Okobojie; C. Waubun Prairie; D. Watibun

Prairie; E. Lake Okobojie; F. Lake Okobojie.

92 nautilus Vol. 76(3)

cant because the same degree of difference is to be noted in

other succineids.

The jaw of O. retusa is amber colored. It has a large median

fold which projects anteriorly (text fig. 2). It lacks the small

lateral folds which are characteristic of the jaw of Succinea ovalis

Say (Franzen, 1959, p. 194, fig. 2). No significant structural varia-

tions have been noted.

Variations in the reproductive system. The penis and the va-

gina are located in the right anterior region of the animal. The

penis is located to the left of the vagina. The vagina is nearly

as long as the penis.

In Oxyloma the penis and epiphallus are enclosed in a penis

sheath. In O. retusa the sheath is unpigmented excepting for a

slight and variable amount of scattering of black flecks over its

distal two-thirds. The epiphallus enters the penis sheath at its

distal extremity and is coiled and recurved around the penis in

no regular fashion before entering the penis. The sheath is too

short to accommodate the penis and epiphallus without the penis

being bent or recurved. Sometimes as much as the distal third of

the penis is recurved anteriorly. The penis may be twisted a half

turn (fig. 3, D, F) or a full turn (fig. 3, H) .

In Oxyloma the epiphallus enters the penis subterminally. A

penial appendix, usually directed ventrally, projects beyond this

entry. In O. retusa the appendix may be directed dorsally (fig. 3,

A) . This is sometimes due to the penis being twisted a half turn

(fig. 3, D) . Generally the appendix is a distinct, slender, digiti-

form terminal structure (fig. 3, A) . It may be a more inflated,

straight or bent, structure even assuming the form of a hook

(fig. 3, I). It varies in length from a pronounced to a reduced

structure. In two individuals studied, one from Station No. 5

(fig. 3, E) and another from Station No. 6 (fig. 3, G) there was

an absence of a recognizable appendix. The variations of the

appendix were found not to be peculiar to any one population

but were of general occurrence in the populations studied.

The seminal vesicle is a bilobed structure. The lobes vary in

size. The two lobes may be equal in length (fig. 4, D, F) , nearly

equal (fig. 4, E) or one or the other markedly longer (fig. 4,

A, C) . The distal portion of the seminal vesicle is pigmented,

the intensity of which is an individual variation. In a few indi-

Jan., 1963 nautilus 93

viduals studied, the seminal vesicles were practically black. The

fertilization sac varies in size from one which is scarcely differ-

entiated from the seminal vesicle and the duct leading from the

albumin gland to the prostate gland, to an inflated sac (fig. 4, D) .

The hermaphroditic duct is either inflated or quite slender. It

may be lightly pigmented (fig. 4, A) or so heavily pigmented

to be almost black. All these variations occurred among indi-

viduals of the same population and were found not to be re-

stricted to any one station or geographic area included in this

study.

Both, the prostate gland and the albumin gland, are follicular.

The prostate gland is smaller than the albumin gland. No sig-

nificant variation of either gland was observed.

Summary

The size of the shell of Oxyloma retusa (Lea) is variable. The

maximum height of the shell of a population was found to

range from 8.3 to 19.8 mm. The ratios of height of aperture/

height of shell, width of aperture/height of aperture, width of

aperture/width of shell are too variable for any significantly

characteristic ratios to be established.

The degree of pigmentation of the body and mantle varies

from relatively light to essentially black. Anatomical variations

in the genitalia include: 1. The penis may be bent or twisted a

half or full turn. 2. The penial appendix may be a distinct, dig-

itiform or more inflated structure. It may also be reduced to the

extent that it is not discernible. 3. The lobes of the seminal

vesicles may be equal in length, or one or the other may be

longer. They may be lightly or very darkly pigmented. 4. The

hermaphroditic duct may be slender or inflated, lightly or very

darkly pigmented.

The number of rows of teeth and the number of teeth in a

row is not constant. In the laterals an endocone is generally

wanting but is sometimes present in the outermost laterals. An

endocone is generaly present in the marginals. The ectocone of

the marginals is divided into two or three ectocones. In the out-

ermost marginals, the lateral ectocone tends to be longer than

the other ectocones. No variations in the structure of the jaw

were noted.

because the populations with the smaller shells were sur-

94 nautilus Vol. 76(3)

rounded by populations exhibiting larger shells, this variation

is considered as a local rather than a geographic variant. The

anatomical variations discussed were found to occur in all the

stations and were not restricted geographically. Comparative

studies of the anatomical structures of the described species of

the genus Oxyloma will have to be made before one can deter-

mine which bear significant specific characteristics and, therefore,

can be employed in determining which species are valid.

Acknowledgments. This study was begun in the summer of

1956 while I attended the University of Minnesota Biological

Station, Lake Itasca State Park, Minnesota. The expenses of that

summer were partially covered by a grant from the Illinois State

Academy of Science. During the summers of 1957 and 1958, this

study was continued at that Station and supported by National

Science Foundation for Training and Research for College

Teachers stipends. A grant from Sigma Xi-RESA made possible

the purchase of essential equipment for dissections. Currently

my research studies are supported by a grant from the National

Science Foundation. I am grateful to A. Byron Leonard for the

reading of the manuscript and for making helpful suggestions.

Literature cited

Baker, H. B. 1935. In Manual of Conchology (Pilsbry) . 28:

191-209.

Boettger, Caesar R. 1939. Bemerkungen iiber die in Deutschland

vorkommenden Bernsteinschnecken (Fam. Succineidae). Zool.

Anz., 127 (34) : 49-64, figs. 1-17.

Franzen, Dorothea S. 1959. Anatomy of Succinea ovalis Say. Proc.

Mala. Soc. London. 33 (5, Nov.) : 193-199, Tables I, II, figs. 1-7.

Lee, C. Bruce. 1951. Succinea vaginacontorta (Section Calcisuc-

cinea) , a new amber snail from Kansas. Occ. Papers Mus. Zool-

ogy, U. of Michigan, No. 533: 1-7, PI. I, II.

Miles, Charles D. 1958. The Family Succineidae (Gastropoda:

Pulmonata) in Kansas. Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull. 28, Pt. II, No.

24, March 20: 1499-1543, PL 1, figs. 1-10.

Odhner, Nils Hj. 1950. Succineid studies. Proc. Mala. Soc. Lon-

don. 28 (4 & 5) : 200-210, figs. 1-6.

Pilsbry, Henry A. 1948. Land Mollusca of North America (North

of Mexico). Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia Mon. No. 3, Pt. 2:

xlvii -f 592, 585 figs.

Quick, H. E. 1933. The anatomy of British succineae. Proc. Mala.

Soc. London, 20 (6 Nov.) : 295-318, PL 23-25, figs. 1-18.

Steenberg, C. M. 1925. Etudes sur l'anatomie et la systematique

Jan., 1963 nautilus 95

des maillots. Videnskapelige Meddelelsar fra Dansk Naturhis-

torisk Forening, Vol. 80.

Webb, Glenn R. 1953. Anatomical studies on some midwestern

Succineidae and two new species. Jour. Tennessee Acad. Sci.

28: 213-220, PI. 1-5.

1954. Pulmonata, Succineidae: Succinea (Desmosuccinea)

psendavara, new section and species. Gastropodia, 7 (2) : 10,

18-19, figs. 4, 5, 13-17.

TWO MEXICAN SPECIES OF GUILLARMODIA S.S.

By FRED G. THOMPSON

Department of Zoology, University of Miami

The following account includes the descriptions of two species

of Euglandina (Guillarmodia s.s., H.B. Baker, 1941) of the fam-

ily Spiraxidae1. One species has been described inadequately

and the other species is new.

Martens, in Rolle (1895: 129), described Salasiella elegans

from an unspecified locality in the State of Colima, Mexico, and

illustrated two specimens in 1901. Pilsbry (1907:174) copied von

Martens' description and illustrations without additional com-

ment. The allocation of elegans to the genus Salasiella was pri-

marily a matter of convenience as von Martens implied in his

statement (1895: 129): "Mit keiner der bekannten Arten zu

verwecbseln". Baker (1941: 57) suggested a relationship between

S. elegans and Euglandina (Guillarmodia) pupa.

Although von Martens' description and illustrations distin-

guished elegans from other spiraxids known at that time, they

are inadequate for separating it from species discovered since

then. The description is incomplete and inaccurate for it fails to

describe properly the nature of the aperture and the columella,

and the measurements given seem incorrect (". . . anfractus 8 . . .

Alt. 11,5, Lat. 3,5, alt. apert. 4 mm."). The illustrations are too

vague for critical comparisons.

Von Martens did not designate a type specimen for Salasiella

elegans, nor has any subsequent author. Two specimens in the

Zoologischen Museum der Humboldt-Universitat zu Berlin are

labeled "types", and two specimens in the Senckenbergische

Naturforschungs Gesellschaft are labeled syntypes. If von Martens

i Oleacinidae, in part, of authors previous to Baker, 1956.

96 nautilus Vol. 76 (3)

intended to give the measurements of the type, which he did

not state, then none of these specimens is recognizable as the

type. Since a type has not been designated by a previous author,

I hereby select a specimen from the Berlin Museum as the lecto-

type, number 47661.

Figures 1 and 2. Syntype of Euglandina elegans (Martens). SMF. lf)50Il/l.

Colima, Mexico.

Euglandina (Guillarmodia) elegans (Martens) Figs. 1 & 2.

Salasiella elegans Martens in Rolle, 1895, Nach. Deut. Malak.

GeselL: 129. 1901, Biol. Cent. Amer.: 613; pi. 44; figs. 1, la.

Pilsbry, 1907, Man. Conch., 19: 174; pi. 28, figs. 58, 59.

Shell small, light yellow, elliptical-conical, hyaline; moderately

thick, thinnest near attachment at suture, becoming increasingly

thick to base of whorl; 7-71/9 whorls; 2y2 large, smooth embryonic

whorls which are same color as rest of shell; remaining whorls

slightly or moderately convex; middle of last whorl slightly im-

Jan., 1963 nautilus 97

pressed near lip; suture slightly impressed on early whorls, mod-

erately impressed on last two whorls, regularly descending to last

two whorls, and then descending more rapidly; suture beveled, a

pellucid light band formed by attachment of shell to preceding

whorl; band marked by uniformly spaced slight crenulations;

surface of shell glossy, with fine irregular growth striations; aper-

ture irregularly lanceolate, 0.38 times the length of the shell;

outer lip thick, blunt, arched forward in the middle, recessed

below, continuous to the columella; columella at an angle to

the axis of the shell in frontal view, sinuous, nearly truncate,

bearing a thick, white, opaque, curved crest, which is about i/>

the length of the aperture; parietal callus consisting of a thin,

rugose, hyaline deposit.

Lectotype: height, 10.8 mm.; width, 4.0 mm.; aperture height,

4.3 mm.; aperture width, 1.9 mm.; crest, 1.8 mm.; 7i/o whorls.

Syntypes: height, 9.7, 10.8 mm.; width, 3.7, 3.9 mm.; aperture

height, 3.7, 4.1 mm.; aperture width, 1.7, 1.9 mm.; crest, 1.9

1.6 mm.

Lectotype: Berlin Museum 47661; collected in the state of

Colima, Mexico by M. Rolle, without additional information

about its original locality. Syntypes: SMF. 165010/1, SMF.

165011/1; same data as lectotype.

Measurements are not given for the other specimen in the

Berlin Museum for it is badly deteriorated, and exact determina-

tions cannot be made.

Euglandia (Guillarmodia) dorsalis new species. Figs. 3 & 4.

Shell small, elongate-ovate; subhyaline, the axis being faintly

evident with the aid of strong transmitted light; shell thick, with

greatest thickness at the periphery of the whorl, slightly thinner

near suture with preceding whorl; 7*4 whorls; 2y2 large, smooth,

light colored embryonic whorls; remainder of shell light yellow;

whorls slightly convex, the middle of the body whorl sometimes

flattened; middle of last whorl impressed near lip; suture reg-

ularly descending on early whorls, more rapidly descending on

last two or three whorls; at the suture the wall of the shell is

truncate and lies juxtaposed to the preceding whorl so that a

continuous spiral ledge extends along the suture from the em-

bryonic whorls to the aperture, and is slightly concave through-

out most of its length; surface of shell glossy, with weak and

irregular crenulations at the suture; aperture elongate-auriculate,

narrow, 0.45 times the length of the shell; lip arched forward

in middle, moderately recessed below, continuous with columella;

columella at an angle to axis of shell in frontal view, sinuous,

bearing a stout, solid crest which overlies the curvature of the

columella; parietal callus very thin, indicated by a fine, rugose,

hyaline deposit.

98

NAUTILUS

Vol. 76(3)

Figures 3 and 4. Type of Euglandina dorsalis, new species. UMMZ. 213222.

One mile north of Pomero, Michoacan, 700 feet alt.

Type: height, 11.97 mm.; width, 4.6 mm.; aperture height,

5.3 mm.; aperture width, 1.9 mm.; crest, 1.6 mm.

Paratype: height, 12.2 mm; width, 4.75 mm.; aperture height,

5.46 mm.; aperture width, 2.2 mm.; crest, 1.75 mm.

Type: UMMZ. 213222; one mile north of Pomero, Michoacan;

700 ft. alt. Collected in August, 1950 by James A. Peters. Para-

type: ANSP. 277857; same data as the type.

Three species are currently recognized in Guillarmodia s.s.:

E. dorsalis new species, E. pupa (Baker) and E. elegans (Mar-

tens) . They may be distinguished as follows:

E. dorsalis: (1) columella oblique in frontal view, (2) columella

with a strong callused crest, (3) suture slightly crenulate, (4)

suture truncate, forming a continuous spiral ledge, (5) aper-

ture 0.45 times length of shell, and (6) shell elongate-ovate,

about 12 mm. long.

E. elegans: (1) columella oblique in frontal view, (2) columella

Jan., 1963 nautilus 99

with a strong callused crest, (3) suture slightly crenulate, (4)

suture beveled, forming a pellucid light band, (5) aperture

0.38 times length of shell, and (6) shell elliptical-conical,

about 9.7-10.8 mm. long.

E. pupa: (1) columella vertical in frontal view, (2) columellar

callus not forming prominent crest, (3) suture smooth, not

crenulate, (4) suture beveled, forming a pellucid light band,

(5) aperture about 0.44 times the length of shell, and (6)

shell elongate-ovate, about 8 mm. long.

E. dorsalis and E. elegans are more closely related to each other

than they are to E. pupa, because of their oblique, crested colum-

ella. E. dorsalis and E. elegans occur in geographically proximal

regions of western Mexico, whereas E. pupa is known only from

the state of Veracruz in eastern Mexico.

E. dorsalis derives its name from the ledge like nature of its

suture.

1 wish to express my gratitude to Dr. R. Kilias of the Zoo-

logischen Museum der Humboldt-Universitat, Berlin, for per-

mitting me to examine the "types" of Salasiella elegans von

Martens, and to Dr. Adolf Zilch of the Senckenbergische Natur-

forschungs Gesellschaft, Frankfurt, for lending me syntypes of

the same species.

References

Baker, H. B. 1941, Naut., 55: 51-61; pi. 5, figs. 1-15.

1956, Naut., 69: 128-139.

Martens, E. von. 1901, Mollusca. Biol. Cent. Amer.: 1-706; pis.

1-44.

Pilsbry, H. A. 1907-1908, Manual of Conchology, ser. 2, 19: 1-366;

pis. 1-52.

Rolle, M. 1895, Nach. Deut. Malak. Geseli: 129-131.

CHECK LIST OF EAST CENTRAL ILLINOIS UNIONIDAE

By FREDRICK R. FECHTNER

The accompanying list represents the results of my investiga-

tion carried out in the 3 river systems: Embarrass, Little Wabash,

and Kaskaskia and its tributaries in East Central Illinois from

October of 1951 to October of 1953. The Embarrass and the

Little Wabash Rivers flow east into the Wabash River and then

into the Ohio River. The Kaskaskia and its tributaries flow

west into the Mississippi River. An ecological study of this area

is being developed and will soon be presented.

I wish to express my sincere appreciation to Dr. Fritz Haas,

100

NAUTILUS

Vol. 76(3)

Jan., 1963 nautilus 101

Curator Emeritus of Mollusks at the Chicago Natural History

Museum for his expert assistance in the identification of the

various species. Representative specimens are catalogued at the

Chicago Natural History Museum.

GASTROPODA OF THE 1961 UNIVERSITY OF

COLORADO MUSEUM EXPEDITION IN MEXICO*

By BRANLEY A. BRANSON, Dept. Biol., Kansas State College, Pittsburg

and CLARENCE J. McCOY, JR., University of Colorado Museum, Boulder

During June and July of 1961 an expedition, consisting of

T. P. Maslin, L. A. Pennock, H. G. Rodeck and the junior

author, from the Colorado University Museum, traveled in 21

Mexican states for the purpose of collecting cold-blooded verte-

brates. A second trip to the Yucatan Peninsula was made in

December by the junior author. Eleven families, 15 genera and

25 species of land and freshwater gastropods were secured, which

form the basis for this report. Unless otherwise indicated the

specimens are deposited in the University of Colorado Museum

or that of Kansas State College. The writers are indebted to

Dr. Hugo Rodeck, director of the University of Colorado

Museum, for permission to report upon these specimens.

The following collecting stations are numbered consecutively

so that the various species may be referred to the localities where

they were secured.

Station 1. 8: VI: 1961. In an ancient lake bed (Bolson de

Mapimi) , "La India," 7 miles east of Escalon, Chihuahua. Dom-

inant vegetation mesquite.

Station 2. 10: VI: 1961. Two miles southeast of Charro Blanco,

San Luis Potosi. This station lies on the edge of a broad valley,

typical high (6500 feet) Chihuahuan Desert, located in the Gulf

rain shadow. The vegetation consists mainly of creosote bush,

mesquite and a large species of yucca. The snails collected here

were removed from the bases of tree yuccas.

Station 3. 6: VII: 1961. Roadside pits, Villahermosa, Tabasco.

The whole area is low and wet because of the influence of the

nearby Rio Grijalva.

The following comments apply to the next five stations. The

northern and western parts of the Yucatan Peninsula are nearly

flat limestone plains with frequent bedrock outcrops in all direc-

Supported in part by N. S. F. Grant G-16244

102 nautilus Vol. 76(3)

tions. The soil is shallow and forms small flats in depressions of

the rocks. Near the coast the plain is about sea level and the

outcrops progressively become more and more abundant toward

the central part of the land mass, where they appear as a suc-

cession of wavy ridges. These ridges are five to six feet high with

hollows of 10 to 100 yards between them. There is practically

no surface drainage, consequently no surface streams. Instead,

this whole section of the peninsula is underlain by water occa-

sionally reaching the surface as open water holes varying in size

from a few feet to over 200 yards in diameter, sometimes extend-

ing downward to great depths as massive caverns.

The northern part of the Peninsula is covered by a dense, low

tropical forest near the coast, mostly scrubby brush 10 to 15 feet

tall, which gradually increases in height leeward; at Piste a

stunted forest, 25 to 40 feet tall, with dense undergrowth, is pro-

duced. The trees are mostly leafless in the dry season. (Goldman,

1951).

Station 4. 16: VI: 1961. 5 to 11 miles east of Campeche, Cam-

peche.

Station 5. 16: VI: 1961. 32 miles east of Campeche. A shallow-

soiled, limestone area with a thorn forest.

Station 6. 16:VI:1961. 30 miles south of Uxmal, Yucatan, in

Campeche.

Station 7. 16:XII:1961. Airport, Ciudad del Carmen, Cam-

peche.

Station 7 A.. 16:VI:1961. 16 miles east of Campeche, Campeche.

Station 8. 19:VI:1961. li/2 miles south of Libre Union, Yucatan.

A thick forest near a water hole. Specimens removed from bases

of larger trees.

Station 9. 18: VI: 1961. Piste, Yucatan, Deciduous thorn forest.

Station 10. 26: VI: 1961. 3.3 miles north of Valladolid, Yucatan.

Station 11. 18, 18:VI:1961. 19 miles east of Merida, Yucatan.

A deciduous thorn forest.

Station 12. 3: VII: 1961 and 20:XII:1961. 3 kilometers south of

San Miguel, Isla de Cozumel, about 10 miles off Quintana Roo

coast. Palmetto and thorn trees, very dense.

Station 13. 18:VII: 1961. 8 miles southwest of Colima, Colima.

A scrubby, overgrown area.

Annotated list of species

Lucidella lirata (Pfeiffer). Station 7; 1 immature and 2 mature

shells. Heretofore this species has been known from Veracruz,

Chiapas, Tabasco, Yucatan and Quintana Roo. It doubtless is

Jan., 1963 nautilus 103

widespread in southern Mexico and adjacent Central America.

These specimens were found under dead Ficus leaves.

Neocyclotus dysoni aureus (Bartsch and Morrison) . Station 4;

8 freshly dead shells. Although the coloration and size of these

shells is similar to that of N. dysoni aureus the relatively closely-

spaced, somewhat vermiculated sculpture and almost completely

adnate aperture (Harry, 1950) indicates some intergradation

with N. dysoni ambiguum (v. Martens) , the northernmost race

of the species (Solem, 1956; Thompson, 1957) . N. d. aureus

supposedly ranges from Oaxaca southward (Bequaert, 1957) .

However, the shells we observed indicate that Campeche and

adjacent regions may be areas of intergradation.

Neocyclotus berendti (Pfeiffer) . Station 8; 3 living and 3 dead

shells. As pointed out by Solem (1956) , Bequaert and Clench

(1933) considered this to be a distinct species rather than a race

of N. dysoni. Solem also stated that specimens with characteristics

intermediate between berendti and ambiguum can be found in

Veracruz. We are of the opinion that the Veracruz specimens are

more apt to be intergrades between aureus and ambiguum and

further agree with Bequaert and Clench that N. berendti should

be considered as a full species. The sculpture is always coarse

and only slightly, if at all, vermiculated. The lip is nearly, to

completely, free from the adjacent body whorl, especially in large

specimens, and the size is larger than that in the races of N.

dysoni which approach N. berendti in sculpture. The soft anat-

omy of whole genus badly needs investigation. The operculum

of this species was illustrated by Drake (1957) .

Pomacea flagellata (Say) . Station 3 and 4; 4 living specimens.

This is an exceedingly variable species which ranges from Vera-

cruz southward. About 30 specific and subspecific epithets have

been applied to many of these "races", supposedly separable by

size differences (Bequaert, 1957) , many of which can be found

living at the same place. The shell size appears to vary with the

size of the body of water in which the animals dwell (Goodrich

and van der Schalie, 1937) , large ones coming from large pools,

etc. Furthermore, shell size is apparently modifiable by man's

activities. Baker (1922) found that specimens of A. flagellata

taken from burned-over areas never attain the size of ones from

unchanged regions. Bequaert and Clench (1936) were apparently

104 nautilus Vol. 76(3)

also of the opinion that the subspecies are untenable since they

recorded the species only as P. flagellata from two localities in

Campeche.

Most species of Pomacea are nocturnal and living animals are

seldom collected in daylight. Thompson (1957) found living

snails during the night in Tabasco and the junior author

observed numerous ones ovipositing on emergent vegetation after

sunset.

Choanopoma gaigei Bequaert and Clench. Stations 4, 8 and 11;

43 specimens. This species was first described from Chichen Itza,

Yucatan (Bequaert and Clench, 1931) and has not been widely

discussed since, although periodically reported from various

localities. The Campeche sites represent new localities for the

species in Mexico and those in Yucatan, different ones for that

state.

In all of our specimens the duplex aperture is brick red and

the nucleus of the operculum, in which the calcareous part does

not completely cover the horny portion, is strongly eccentric.

The tendency to retain all of the apical whorls in the adult stage,

remarked upon by Bequaert and Clench (1931) was not noted

by us. Only one shell possessed a bored hole, supposedly made

by the larva of a beetle in order to stimulate the snail to protract

so that it could be eaten (Harry, 1950) . The latter worker found

10 to 25 per cent of the shells, in all species of Choanopoma, to

be thus bored.

Choanopoma largillierti (Pfeiffer) . Stations 4, 5, 8 and 11; 14

dead and 5 lives shells. Because of its apparent larger size and

finer sculpture Baker (1928) separated C. grateloupi Pfeiffer as

a distinct species. However, Bequaert and Clench (1936) , fol-

lowed by Harry (1950), agreed with von Martens (1890-1901),

after observing a series of several hundred shells, that it was

difficult if not impossible to recognize the two species. The shells

herein listed from stations 4, 5 and 8 are all fairly small and bear

strongly cross-hatched sculpture; the nodules at the sutures are

very well-developed. The latter shells are very definitely of the

C. grateloupi type. The other 10 specimens, one of which bears

a bored hole, average somewhat larger, have only moderate cross-

hatching, and the nodules are weakly developed. All the speci-

mens have the apical whorls decollate. This genus also needs to

Jan., 1963 nautilus 105

be thoroughly investigated.

Pachycheilus tristis Pilsbry and Hinkley. Two specimens of this

beautiful species were collected by Mr. Tom Linton, University

of Oklahoma, on 27:V:1961, from the Salto River, just above

the falls, in San Luis Potosi. The carination is somewhat reduced.

Streptoslyla meridana (Morelet) . Stations 4, 6 and 1 1 ; 5 dead

shells, Baker (1941), Harry (1950) and Bequaert and Clench

(1933, 1936, 1938) recorded this form from several Yucatan locali-

ties but the Campeche sites are apparently new.

Streptoslyla ventricosula (Morelet) . Station 5; a single dead

shell (29.0 X H.5 mm; 7 whorls). This is another widespread

species (Goodrich and van der Schalie, 1937) reported from

about the same localities as the last form.

Streptostyla maslini Branson and McCoy. Stations 7 and 11;

(dead shells) . This species is most closely related to 5. yucatan-

ensis Pilsbry.

Streptoslyla toltecorum Branson and McCoy. Station 4; 2 adult

and 2 immature shells. This species is most closely related to

5. meridana (Morelet) .

Euglandina cylindracea (Phillips) . Station 7; 2 living and 17

dead shells. The plicate sculpture, starting immediately after the

embryonic whorls, mentioned by Goodrich and van der Schalie

(1937) in specimens from Guatemala, is obvious in all of our

shells. Baker (1941) , Harry (1950) and Bequaert and Clench

(1933, 1936, 1938) listed the species from several Yucatan locali-

ties but not from Campeche. The fresh peristome is pinkish-

buff and the interior of the aperture is a beautiful glossy pink.

Balimulus unicolor (Sowerby) . Station 13; 3 dead shells. This

is a common species in southern Mexico and Central America

(Bequaert, 1957) but not, we believe, heretofore reported from

Colima.

Bulimulus ignavus (Reeve) . Station 7; a single dead (imma-

ture) shell. This specimen agrees closely with the findings of

Harry (1950) in shells from Yucatan. It has nearly a full whorl

more than a shell of comparable size in B. unicolor.

Bulimulus schiedeanus (Pfeiffer) . Station 1; 8 dead shells.

Bulimulus alternatus Binney. Station 2; 15 dead shells.

Both of the last two species are common in the areas herein

reported.

106 nautilus Vol. 76(3)

Drymaeus serperastrus (Say) . Stations 8, 9 and 12; 1 living and

7 dead shells. All but one (nearly white) of the shells of this

somewhat variable species were banded. Harry (1950) also noted

the lack of banding in one shell from Yucatan and Solem (1955)

and Bequaert and Clench (1933, 1938, 1936) listed some Yucatan

sites.

Drymaeus sulphureus (Pfeiffer) . Stations 7, 7a and 8; 1 imma-

ture and 2 adult shells. The characteristic cross-barred sculpture

(Solem, 1950) is definite in all three shells and the apex is slightly

pink; the rest of the shell is nearly white, only a very faint yel-

lowish coloration being discernable.

Drymaeus shattucki Bequaert and Clench. Station 12; 3 freshly

dead shells. This is a beautiful glossy, waxen-white species with

pink apical whorls, umbilicus and columella. There is no sign

of banding and the body whorl is slightly carinated. The type

locality is at Chichen Itza, Yucatan (Bequaert and Clench,

1931) and Bequaert and Clench (1933, 1936, 1938) recorded it

from some other Yucatan localities. Goodrich and van der Schalie

(1937) found the species in nine disturbed areas in Guatemala.

This is the form described as O. shattucki cozumelensis by Rich-

ards (1937) and may be a distinct species.

Drymaeus tropicalis (Morelet) . Stations 4 and 5; 1 adult and

1 immature shell. This species, a relative of D. shattucki

(Bequaert and Clench, 1931), is easily recognized by being sinis-

tral but otherwise very similar to the last-named form. Our speci-

mens have four very narrow revolving bands on the body whorl.

Orthalicus princeps (Broderip) . Stations 5, 8, 10, 12 and 13;

4 living and 9 dead shells. There is considerable variation as

concerns the number of whorls, at any given size, from one local-

ity to the next. There is also a great deal of variation in color

pattern. The specimens from Colima have dark purple apical

whorls, a dark purplish-brown peristome and columella, and a

rather sparsely-streaked exterior. The interspaces between the

streaks are about one-third wider than the streaks themselves.

In the smaller specimens from Cozumel the peristome and colum-

ella are whitish (light purple in the larger ones) and the apex

is white in all them. The shell is profusely marked by jagged

brown bands that become progressively more crowded until

behind the aperture they nearly fuse to produce an olivaceous-

Jan., 1963 nautilus 107

brown coloration. Below the periphery the bands are intensified

and partially retain their identity. The specimen from Campeche

is a badly bleached dead one. However, in the Yucatan specimens

the color pattern is somewhat similar to that seen in Quintana

Roo but the interspaces nearly equal the bands in width.

This is a widespread form from Veracruz and Sinaloa to Pan-

ama (Bequaert, 1957) but little is known concerning its biology.

Harry (1950) suggested that the species was arboreal and Baker

(1923) found it only on trees. McCoy collected several on Cozu-

mel 10 to 15 feet above the ground in fig trees, one of which had

the eggs of an arboreal lizard attached to the shell. Dead shells

are abundant in this area, many of which are broken because a

species of terrestrial hermit crab utilizes them as temporary shel-

ters, thus fracturing the relatively fragile shells as they are

dragged over the rocky soil.

Microceramus consisus (Morelet) . Station 4; 2 dead shells. This

is a common species in Yucatan (Bequaert and Clench, 1933)

and extends southward at least to Guatemala (Goodrich and

van der Schalie, 1937) and several island states (Bequaert, 1957) .

As pointed out by Harry (1950), the shell sculpture is coarser

and the diameter greater in Guatamala specimens than in those

from Yucatan. Comparing the measurements of the Campeche

specimens with those listed by Bartsch (1906) for one from

Guatamala it would appear that the former are somewhat inter-

mediate between the Yucatan and Guatamala forms. These char-

acters probably vary clinally.

Subulina octona Bruguiere. Stations 3 and 7; 9 living and 33

dead shells. This is an exceedingly widespread species in southern

North and Central America (Pilsbry, 1946) . It has been recorded

from Tabasco by Thompson (1957) and others and from Cam-

peche by Richards (1937) . The specimens herein reported from

Tabasco were taken from the stomachs of Bufo marinus which

feeds upon them in great numbers. Several of the individuals,

apparently preserved soon after being swallowed, still contain

the animal and single eggs in the penultimate whorl.

Praticolella griseola (Pfeiffer). Station 4; 2 living and 9 dead

shells. Bequaert and Clench (1936) and Harry (1950) consider

this to be an imported species since they found it commonly in

areas altered by the activities of man. However, Praticolella, in

108 nautilus Vol. 76(3)

general, prefers open habitat to forested regions. Goodrich and

van der Schalie (1937) found it most common in open areas of

Guatemala. Man may augment the distribution of this form by

his clearing activities, rather than actually transporting it to new

localities.

Pupisoma dioscoricola (C. B. Adams) . Station 7; a single fresh

dead specimen. This is an exceedingly widespread form which

is only seldom collected because of its minute size and secretive

arboreal habits.

Literature cited

Baker, H. B. 1922. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 106:1-95.

1923. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 135:1-19.

1925. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 156:1-57.

1928. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 193:1-65.

1930. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 220:1-45.

1941. Naut. 55:51-61.

1945. Naut. 55:84-92.

Bartsch, P. 1906. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 57:109-160.

Bequaert, J. C. and W. J. Clench. 1931. Occ. Pap. Boston Soc.

Nat. Hist. 5:423-426.

1933. Pub. Carnegie Inst. Wash. 431:525-545.

1936. Pub. Carnegie Inst. Wash. 457:61-75.

1938. Pub. Carnegie Inst. Wash. 491:257-260.

Drake, R. J. 1957. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. 56: 113-118.

Goldman, E. A. 1951. Smiths. Misc. Publ, 7/5:1-476.

Goodrich, C. and H. van der Schalie. 1937. Univ. Mich. Mus.

Zool. Misc. Publ. 34:1-50.

Harry, H. W. 1950. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 524:1-34,

Martens, E. von. 1890-1901. Biol. Cent. Amer., 9:i-xxviii, 1-706.

Pilsbry, H. A. 1903. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1903:761-789.

1946. Mongr. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. III;2 (1) :i-viii; 1-520.

Richards, H. G. 1937. Proc. Amer. Micros. Soc. 77:249-262.

Solem, A. 1955. Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 566:1-20.

1956. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 108:41-59.

Thompson, F. G. 1957. Naut. 70:97-102.

CARYCHIUM EXILE AND CARYCHIUM EXIGUUM

By LESLIE HUBRICHT

Harry (1952), and more recently, Branson (1961) have ex-

pressed the belief that Carychium exile H. C. Lea was only an

ecological form of Carychium exiguum (Say) . However, I have

found them living together at many places and they could always

Jan., 1963 nautilus 109

be readily sorted. There is no real problem separating these

two species when the differences are fully understood. C. exiguum

is usually smoother than C. exile, but there is some intergrada-

tion in this character. C. exiguum is more obese and usually

larger than C. exile. But the best distinguishing character is

found in the outer lip. In C. exiguum the outer lip is somewhat

expanded, but in C. exile it is narrowly reflected. This appears

to be a constant difference which will stand up when other

characters fail.

Carychium exiguum is a more northern species. Although it

ranges southward along the Atlantic Coast as far as the Savannah

River, in the interior it does not range as far south. In Ken-

tucky it has not been found south of the flood-plain of the Ohio

River. Westward its southern limit is central Missouri, and

Kansas. All records from south of this line appear to be based

on missidentifications. The records from Alabama are based on

Carychium floridanum Clapp. C. exiguum also occurs in the

Rocky Mountain region in Colorado and New Mexico.

Carychium exile ranges south to western South Carolina,

northern Georgia, Alabama, Mississippi and westward into

Oklahoma. It is occasionally found on the Gulf Coastal Plain

in hilly terrain.

Carychium floridanum has a much wider range than has been

generally believed. It ranges northward along the Atlantic

Coast at least as far as the Santee River in South Carolina. It

ranges across the Gulf Coastal Plain into Texas. The author

has collected it in Dallas and Comal Counties in Texas.

References

Branson, Branley A. 1961. Proc. Okla. Acad. Sci. 41: 45-69.

Harry, Harold W. 1952. Nautilus 66: 5-7.

Walker, Bryant 1928. The Terrestrial Shell-Bearing Mollusca

of Alabama. Univ. Mich. Mus. Zool. Misc. Publ. No. 18. pp.

172-173.

NOTES AND NEWS

New mollusk. research journal. — A new international

malacological journal is being established and will begin publica-

tion in October with the help of a grant from the U.S. National

Science Foundation. Malacologia will contain reports of

original research in all aspects of the study of mollusks: their

110 nautilus Vol. 76(3)

morphology, ecology, life histories, evolution and fossil record,

classification, zoogeography, physiology, biochemistry, cytology,

histology and embryology. Monographs and longer papers which

cannot be printed in existing malacological journals will be ac-

cepted. The new journal will have an international editorial

board of well known malacologists and will publish in 5

languages: English, French, German, Russian, and Spanish.

Editorial offices will be at the Museum of Zoology, University

of Michigan, Ann Arbor. In the beginning, publication will be

irregular. Volumes will be as nearly equal in size as practicable.

Authors will receive 25 reprints of their papers. Subscription

price is $5.00 per volume (450 pages) .

Additional information about Malacologia may be obtained

from J. b. burch, Executive Secretary-Treasurer, Institute of

Malacology, 2415 South Circle Drive, Ann Arbor, Michigan.

Anthracopupa and Maturipupa. — The inclusion of these 2

Paleozoic groups in the Cyclophoridae by J. Brookes Knight, et

al., 1960, Invertebrate Paleontology 1 (1): 318, seems highly im-

probable. Perhaps the most constant, shell character in the

family is that on which its name is based: The rounded apertures,

which permit its members to have multispiral opercles. In neither

of these genera is the opening even subcircular, and the prom-

inence of the parietal tooth probably would discourage the re-

tention of any operculum. Pilsbry's intuition, 1926, Man. Conch.

(2)27: 316, that they might be Auriculidae or Tornatellinidae,

appears much more rational. — H. Burrington Baker.

Pages. — The extra 4 pages of this issue are possible because of

a contribution generously offered by Dr. Dorothea Franzen, and

her paper exceeds our outside limits of 10 pages in any one

number. — Editors.

Otala lactea at Vicksburg, Miss. — The author recently

found O. lactea (Muller) in a grassy lot near the depot at the

foot of Jackson Street, Vicksburg, Warren Co., Mississippi. In

many of the specimens, the bands are solid as in Otala vermi-

culata (Muller) , not speckled with white as in specimens from

Cockspur Island and Savannah Beach, Georgia. — Leslie Hub-

richt.

Jan., 1963 nautilus 111

Resistance to desiccation in dormancy by Tcctarius rnuvi-

catus1 — In July, 1960, John E. Ott, Department of Geology,

U. S. National Museum, collected Tectarius muricatus (Lin-

naeus, 1758) at Boca Raton, Florida. Specimens were carried to

his home in Maryland and placed in a box where they remained

until January, 1962. At that time Mr. Ott's son noticed that

one of the sanils was attached to the side of the box. When

removed the animal was seen to withdraw within the shell. The

specimen was brought to the Division of Mollusks where it

emerged and moved about when wet with sea water. It lived for

several weeks in a damp chamber making periodic excursions,

but usually remained attached by a strand of hardened mucus

high on the wall of the container far from the water.

A review of the literature indicates that this phenomenon

is not too unusual except for survival under completely dry con-

ditions. In nature T. muricatus lives on the highest rocks of

the shore where it is dampened only occasionally by salty spray.

This species lived for more than two years in the laboratory

witli only periodic wetting (F. A. Hassler, 1873, Proc. Acad.

Nat. Sci., Phila., p. 284) . Under similar conditions T. muricatus

survived for 17 months, Nodilittorina tuberculata (?) for 12

months, and Littorina ziczac for 7 months (Mattox, N. T.,

1949, Ecology, vol. 30, pp. 242-244) . Littorina pintado in Hawaii

lived for nearly a year attached to a laboratory wall (Emundson,

C. H., 1946, Reef and Shore Fauna of Hawaii, p. 155).

There are several possibly valid records of very prolonged

periods of dormancy in land pulmonates (23 years, Nautilus,

48: 5-6; 15 years, Phil. Trans. Roy. Soc. London, 1774, 64: 432-

437) . Some desert pulmonates are known to remain dormant

as long as 6 years (Pelseneer, 1935, Essai d'ethologie, p. 137).

For a marine prosobranch gastropod, however, survival during

an 18 month period of dry dormancy is quite unusual. The

ability to exist under such conditions demonstrates the adapt-

ability of mollusks and is one reason why the phylum has been

so successful through geologic time. — Joseph Rose water, Divi-

sion of Mollusks, U. S. National Museum.

Further comment on the debated species, Strombus c nali-

culatus Burry. — In my collection are two aberrant examples

i Published by permission of the Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution.

112 nautilus Vol. 76(3)

of Strombus gigas L., one of which has suffered damage with

consequent malformation at the 7th whorl, the other (a near-

adult) at the 9th. In both cases repair was begun well back

inside the aperture and the new whorls are separated from the

earlier ones by a deep canal and decided modification of the

tubercules. Quite likely, if either of these specimens had been

injured in infancy, it would have developed to resemble that

described by Mr. Burry. No locality data accompany these shells,

which came from the collection of Imogene Robertson. She

employed them, together with aberrants of other species, to

illustrate the recuperative ability of injured mollusks. — Marga-

ret C. Teskey.

Lyogyrus granum (Say) in Mississippi — This species has been

found at two places in the headwaters of the Pearl River. The

first place was a small stream near Nanih Waiya Mound, south

of Claytown, Winston County, where a single specimen was

collected. Later it was found abundant in a stream below Nanih

Waiya Caves, in the northeastern corner of Neshoba County.

Although considerable collecting has been done in the southern

part of the State it has not been found elsewhere. — Leslie

Hubricht.

Type material of the slug Pallifera pilsbryi — Recently,

Miles and Mead (Nautilus, 74 (2) , 1960) described a new Pal-

lifera from southern Arizona [cf. also Amer. Malac. Union, Ann.

Rept., 1960:25]. Pallifera pilsbryi pilsbryi has been collected in

two localities in the upper elevations of the Santa Catalina Moun-

tains, while P. p. santaritana is known only from the type locality

in the Santa Rita Mountains. Seven topotypes of the nominate

subspecies have been collected since our first report. The purpose

of this notice is to designate the location and museum numbers

of all type material now extant for this species of slug. Museum

numbers are those assigned by the respective institutions.

Pallifera pilsbryi pilsbryi. California Academy of Science

Paleo. Type Collection: Holotype (dissected), number 12,278,

and one paratype, collected 25 July, 1960; 3 topotypes collected

13 November, 1960. Academy of Natural Science of Philadel-

phia: One paratype, collected 23 October, 1955; three topotypes

collected 13 November, 1960. Museum of Invertebrate Zoology,

University of Arizona: One [not two, as originally reported]

paratype, collected 25 July, 1960; one topotype collected 13

Jan., 1963 nautilus 113

November, 1960.

Pallifera pilsbryi santaritana. California Academy of Science

Paleo. Type Collection: Holotype (dissected), number 12,280,

collected 2 August, 1960, and one paratype, collected 13 July,

1960. Museum of Invertebrate Zoology, University of Arizona:

One dissected paratype, collected 13 July, 1960. — Charles D.

Miles and Albert R. Mead, University of Arizona, Tucson.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED, 1960

Pages in italics include new taxons

Azuma, Masao. Studies on the raulae of Japanese Cypraeacea

(1). Hyogo Biology 4: 50-55, figs. 1-27. A catalogue of the

shell-bearing Mollusca of Okinoshima, Kashiwajima and the

adjacent area (Tosa Province), Shikoku, Japan. 102 -f- 17

pp., 5 pis. & map.

Hubendick, Bengt. Faunistic review of the Ancylidae of Lake

Ochrid. Srpsko Biol. Drust. Archiv Biol. Nauka 12: 89-97,

pis. 1-4.

1961

Barbosa F. S., B. Hubendick, E. T. A. Malek k C. A. Wright.

The generic names Australobris, Biomphalaria, Platytaphius,

Taphius and Tropicorbis (Mollusca, Planorbidae). Ann. Mag.

Nat. Hist., ser. 13, 4: 371-375.

Basch, Paul F., Philip Bainer & Harry Wilhm. Some ecological

characteristics of the molluscan fauna of a typical grassland

situation in east central Kansas. Amer. Mid. Nat. 66: 178-199.

Getz, Lowell L. An attempt to infect mollusks with Acantha-

moeba sp. J. Parasitology 47 : 842.

Jaeckel, Siegfried H. Mollusca-Weichtiere. Exkursionsfauna v.

Deutschland 1: 102-229, figs. 103-227.

Ladd, Harry S. Distribution of molluscan faunas in the Pacific

islands during the Cenozoic. Geol. Surv. Prof. Paper 400-B:

372-375, map.

Paraense, W. Lobato. Shell versus anatomy in planorbid sys-

tematics. I: "Australorbis glabratus." Rev. Brasil. Biol. 21: 163-

170, 7 figs.

Riedel, A. Ueber Hyalina (Retinella) oscari Kimakowicz, 1883,

die typische Art der Untergattung Schistophallus A. J. Wagner,

1914 (Gastropoda, Zonitidae) . Bui. Acad. Polon. Sci., cl. 2,

9:133-137, figs. 1-3.

Schalie, Henry van der. The naiad (freshwater mussel) fauna of

the Great Lakes. Great Lakes Res. Div., Inst. Sci. & Tech.,

Univ. Mich. Publ. 7: 156-157.

Taft, Celeste. The shell-bearing land snails of Ohio. Ohio Biol.

Surv. Bui. 1 (3) : xii -4- 108 pp., many figs.

Warmke, Germain L. Brown paper nautilus recovered from fish

stomach in Puerto Rico. Carbb. J. Sci. 1: 142.

114 nautilus Vol. 76(3)

1962

Aguayo, Carlos G. Notas sobre moluscos terrestres antillanos —

II. Caribb. J. Sci. 2:9-12.

Baker, H. Burrington. Type land snails in the Academy of Nat-

ural Sciences of Philadelphia. I. North America, north of Mex-

ico. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. 114: 1-21.

Burch, John B. How to know the eastern land snails. W. C.

Brown Co., 135 South Locust St., Dubuque, Iowa. Pictured

Key Nature Series: 214 pp., 519 figs. $2.50.

Clarke, Arthur H., Jr. Annotated list and bibliography of the

abyssal marine molluscs of the world. Nat. Mus. Canad, Bui.

no. 181: 114 pp., 2 maps.

Coomans, H. E. The marine mollusk fauna of the Virginian

area as a basis for defining zoogeographical provinces. Beau-

fortia, Zoo. Mus. Amsterdam 9: 83-104, 2 maps.

Gibson, Thomas G. Revision of the Turridae of the Miocene St.

Mary's Formation of Maryland. J. Paleont. 36: 225-246, figs. 1-7,

pis. 39-42.

Haas, Fritz. A new species of land snail from Bolivia. Fieldiana-

Zoo. 44: 67-68, fig. 19.

Heard, William H. The Sphaeriidae (Mollusca: Pelecypoda) of

the North American Great Lakes. Amer. Midi. Nat. 67:

194-198.

Herrington, H. B. A revision of the Sphaeriidae of North

America (Mollusca: Pelecypoda). Misc. Publ. Mus. Zool. Univ.

Mich. no. 118:74 pp., 2 figs. 7 pis.

Hubendick, Bengt. Studies on Acroloxus. (Moll. Basomm.) .

Medd. Gotebergs Mus. Zoo. Avdel. 133: 68 pp., 35 figs.

Kondo, Yoshio. The genus Tubuaia. Pulmonata, Achatinellidae.

Bui. Bishop Mus. no. 224:49 pp., 14 figs.

Parodiz, Juan Jose. New and little-known species of South and

Central American land snails (Bulimulidae) . Proc. U. S. Nat.

Muse. 113: 429-456, pis. 1 & 2.

Riedel, Adolf. Materialien zur Kenntnis der palasarktischen

Zonitidae (Gastropoda) VII-VIII. Ann. Zoo. Polska Akad.

Nauk. 20: 221-227, figs. 1-11

Robertson, Robert. Supplementary notes on the Rissoellidae

(Gastropoda) . Notul. Nat. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia no.

352: 2 pp.

Schalie, Henry van der, Lowell L. Getz & Bonifacio C. Dazo.

Hybrids between American Pomatiopsis and Oriental Onco-

melania snails. Amer. J. Trop. Med. & Hyg. 11: 418-420, figs.

1 & 2.

Yamamato, Gotaro & Tadashige Habe. Fauna of the shell-bearing

mollusks in Mutsu Bay. Scaphopoda &: Gastropoda (1) . Bui.

Mar. Biol. Sta. Asamushi //.• 1-19, pis. 1-3.

THE NAUTILUS

Vol. 76 April, 1963 No. 4

RECORDS OF MARINE MOLLUSKS EATEN BY

BONEFISH IN PUERTO RICAN WATERS1

P>\ GERMAINE L. WARMKE and DONALD S. ERDMAN2

Mollusks are an important food item in the diet of many

species of bottom-feeding fish. Clapp (1912) listed 68 species of

mollusks from haddock. Baker (1916) found 46 of 54 fish species

from Oneida Lake to be mollusk feeders; moreover, he recovered

some 40 different species of mollusks from the digestive tracts of

these fish. Hiatt and Strasburg (1960) found mollusks in the

stomachs of 53 out of 233 reef fishes in the Marshall Islands.

Randall (MS) has found mollusks to be a major component in

the food of 51 out of 180 species of reef and inshore fishes of

Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands. He reports the most impor-

tant mollusk-feeding groups as: stingrays, eaglerays, wrasses,

porgies, grunts, moj arras, puffers, porcupine fishes, and bonefish.

Erdman (1960) found that 56 percent of all food consumed by

a large group of bonefish was mollusk in origin. Other authors

have reported on the mollusk-feeding habits of fishes but rela-

tively few have identified the mollusks to species.

It was the purpose of the present study to identify the mollusks

eaten by the bonefish (Albula vidpes Linnaeus) in Puerto Rico

and to determine if this species eats all mollusks indiscrimi-

nately, or if it shows preference for certain ones.

Fifty-six bonefish, weighing between y4 and IO14 lbs., were

examined individually during this study. The majority of the

fish were caught by means of gill and trammel nets and seines,

usually set on moonless nights. All fish were collected in the reef

areas of La Parguera, on the southwest coast of Puerto Rico; or

at Culebra, an island off the east coast of Puerto Rico. The whole

digestive tract was removed, and the contents of both stomach

and intestine were carefully examined. The different classes of

1 Part of this work has been made possible through Federal Aid projects

F-l-R Dingell-Johnson Act, for game fish research.

2 Curator of Mollusks, Iusiiiute of Marine Biology, University ol Puerto

Rico: and Biologist, Division of Fisheries and Wildlife, Dept. of Agriculture,

San Juan, Puerto Rico, respectively.

115

116

NAUTILUS

Vol. 76(4)

food — mollusks, crustaceans, fishes, sipunculid worms, echinoids,

etc. — were separated, their percentage by volume estimated, and

the mollusks species determined whenever possible.

Observations. The food habits of this group of fish are pre-

sented in Figure 1. They follow the same general pattern illus-

trated during an earlier study of the biology of the bonefish

(Erdman 1960) . Clams and snails made up over half of the

bonefish's diet. The mollusks found were mostly shell pieces and

small fragments. This fragmentation probably resulted from the

crushing action of the strong pharyngeal teeth of the bonefish

during feeding. A majority of the pieces could be identified, how-

ever, but in some cases positive identification to species was not

possible.

CLAMS 51

■Mf\*~

^

<F

CRABS 31

Figure 1. Volumes of food items found in stomach of 272 bonefish ex-

pressed in % (modified after Erdman, 1960)

April, 1963 nautilus 117

Table 1 . Relative importance of mollusk species in diet of 56 bonefish (Albula vulpes L.)

Mollusk species

Fish containing mollusks

Number Percent

Pelecypods

Codakia costata Orbigny

Tellina caribaea Orbigny

Solemya occidentalis Deshayes

Tellina alternata Say (young)

Ervilia nitens Montagu

Gouldia cerina C. B. Adams

Yoldia perprotracta Dall

Trigonicardia antillarumOrb.

Anadara notabilis Roding

Cardiomya perrostrata Dall

Corbula caribaea Orbigny

Cyathodonta semirugosa Reeve

Divaricella quadrisulcata Orb.

Lucina multilineata Tourney & Holmes

Notocorbula operculata Philippi

Nuculana acuta Conrad

Aequipecten mucosus Wood

Arcopagia fausta Pulteney

Chione pygmaea Lamarck

Lima pellucida C. B.Adams

Macrocalista maculata Linnfi

Semele purpurascens Gmelin

Trachycardium muricatum Linn6

Trachycardium isocardia Linn6

Gastropods

Turbo castanea Gmelin

Tegula fasciata Born

Rissoina cancellata Philippi

Bittium varium Pfeiffer

Bulla striata Brugiere

Bullata ovuliformis Orbigny

Caecum pulchellum Stimpson

Cittarium pica LinnS

Columbella mercatoria Linne1

Crepidula plana Say

Modulus modulus LinnS

Smaragdia viridis viridemaris Maury

Tricolia thalassicola Robertson

118

NAUTILUS

Vol. 76(4)

From one to nine different species of mollusks were found in

the digestive tracts of single individuals. Two to four species

were most often encountered; sixty-four percent of the fish ex-

amined (38 of the 56) had eaten two to four different species of

mollusks at the time of examination (Figure 2).

1 2 34 5 6789

NUMBER OFMOLLUSK SPECIES PER INDIVIDUAL FISH

10

Figure 2. Graphic representation of number of bonefish (from sample of

56 studied) containing one or more different species of mollusks.

Mollusk species eaten by the bonefish, and their relative

abundance, are listed in Table 1. The pelecypod, Codakia

costata Orbigny, was the favored mollusk. This is a small white

clam, about \/2 inch in diameter. It occurred in 35 fish, or in

62%, of the individuals examined. Next in importance was the

pelecypod, Tellina caribaea Orbigny, a fragile little clam about

1 inch in length. Solemya occidentalis Deshayes, a fragile l/^-inch

clam, was the only other pelecypod of importance that could

be positively identified. It had been eaten by 11, or 19% of the

April, 1963 nautilus 119

fish. The only common gastropod found was Turbo castanea

Gmelin. This hard, brown snail reaches about 1 inch in length.

The characteristic operculum or fragments of the shell were

found in 10, or approximately 18% of the fish examined.

In addition to the 37 identified species of mollusks listed in

Table 1, there were many other shell fragments found in the

digestive tracts of the fish. These could be identified with cer-

tainty only to genus. Of the miscellaneous, incompletely identi-

fied shells, at least two groups of pelecypods can be reported as

important in the diet of the bonefish. These are clams of the

genera Laevicardium and Tellina. Shell fragments belonging to

the genus Laevicardium were present in 17, or approximately

30% of the fish examined, and 25% had whole valves or frag-

ments of shells of miscellaneous species of the genus Tellina.

Two fish contained scaphopod fragments. The minute gastropods

such as Rissoina, Caecum, Bittium, Bullata, and Tricolia may

not have been eaten alive, but probably were ingested as part of

the sand in the sipunculid worms.

It is impossible to determine how many shells of a given species

an individual fish eats, because they are usually recovered from

the digestive tract in pieces. On one occasion, however, in addi-

tion to hundreds of fragments, as many as 16 whole valves of

Codakia costata were found in a 3-lb. male bonefish. In another

case, 18 Turbo castanea opercula were found in a single 1%-lb.

fish.

There is some evidence that the type of mollusk ingested is

related to the frequency of that species in the immediate environ-

ment. Clapp (1911) found that the mollusk species in the diges-

tive tracts of haddock corresponded closely with the molluscan

fauna obtained by dredging at that location. During the present

study, we also noticed that the fish caught at reefs where there

are large sand areas contained mostly pelecypods; whereas the

bonefish caught at rocky reefs had eaten gastropods. Within

these areas, however, considerable selecting was shown with re-

gard to the species of pelecypods or gastropods eaten. (Table 1) .

Collecting mollusks from deep-water fish has been suggested

as a method of obtaining interesting or rare mollusk species

(Clark, 1955) . The bonefish, however, cannot be recommended

as a source of rare shells. It is a shallow-water reef fish; and most

120 nautilus Vol. 76(4)

of the shells it eats, therefore, are common. Also, as previously

mentioned, the majority of these are fragmented during the

process of ingestion.

Summary

Clams and snails were found to make up over half of the diet

of 56 bonefish caught off Puerto Rico. Thirty-seven different

species of mollusks were recovered and identified from the diges-

tive tracts of these fish. From one to nine species of mollusks

were found in individual fish; two to four species were most

commonly encountered, however. The pelecypod, Codakia

costata, was the favored mollusk, occurring in 62% of the in-

dividuals examined. Other mollusks commonly found in the diet

of these fish were Tellina caribaea, Solemya occidentalis, and

Turbo castanea. Miscellaneous shells of unidentified species of

the genera Laevicardium and Tellina also were of importance.

References

Baker, F. C. 1916. N. Y. State College of Forestry, Syracuse Uni-

versity, 16 (21) : 1-366.

Clapp, W. F. 1912. Naut. 25:104-106.

Clarke, A. H. 1955. Collecting Mollusks from Fish. "How to

Collect Shells" Publication of the American Malacological

Union.

Erdman, D. S. 1960. Notes on the Biology of the Bonefish and its

sports fishery in Puerto Rico. Presented at the fifth Interna-

tional Game Fish Conference, Miami, Florida.

Hiatt, R. W. and Strasburg, D. W. 1960. Ecological Monographs

30:65-127.

FOUR NEW OLIVELLA FROM GULF OF CALIFORNIA

By JOHN Q. BURCHi and G. BRUCE CAMPBELLS

The genus Olivella is a well represented group in the Panamic

province with 23 or more recognized species. These are allocated

to 7 subgenera (Burch) of which the subgenus Olivella s.s. is by

far the largest with at least a dozen members. We feel that the

3 species and 1 subspecies herein described as new belong to

this subgenus.

Olivella s.s. can be identified by the pillar structure which

consists of a wide basal portion followed above by a series of

i 4206 Halklale Ave., Los Angeles 62, California.

-Sea of Cortez Marine Research Center, 10009 California Ave., South

Gate, Calif.

April, 1963

\ \l 1 Ills

121

short, often paired lirae which may extend to the upper cud <>i

the aperture; like most, the parietal callus extends to the suture.

4

6

1. Olivella (Olivella) sphoni Burch & Campbell, holotype. 2, O. (O.) steveni

campbelli Burch & Campbell, holotype. 3, 0. (O.) fletcherae Berry; hypotype,

length 12.4 mm., Aguachale, Baja California, Mexico. I. O. (O.) riverae

Olsson; paratype, length about 12 mm., Zorritos, Peru, V.X.S.P. V <>. (O.)

Uexjeni Burch & Campbell, holotype. (i. (>. (0.) altatae Burch & Campbell,

holotype. (Drawn !>\ Bruce Campbell.)

122 nautilus Vol. 76(4)

The radular morphology serves as another means for subgeneric

differentiation. That of Olivella s.s. has the middle pair of cusps

on the rachidian greatly enlarged with 2 or more smaller cusps

between them. Olsson (1956) found that this peculiarity was

displayed by all the species belonging to this subgenus that he

was able to examine. Several attempts to prepare the radulae

from our shells were unsuccessful due to the poor condition of

the animals. When more material becomes available, radular

preparations will be made for study and the typical Olivella s.s.

structure is anticipated.

Although the main stress is placed on the structure of the

shell in this study, the relative importance of shape and color is

not ignored. Probably the most important characteristic is the

pillar structure. Subgenerically there are wide ranges of variation

from a simple fold at the anterior end {Callianax H. and A.

Adams) to numerous sweeping folds involving practically the

whole columella and fasciole (Lamprodoma Swainson) . In gen-

eral all the species of Olivella s.s. have similar pillar structures.

There are variances in the number of folds, the width of folds,

their shape, and whether they stand free or join together and

arch toward the anterior canal. Certain plications may be more

prominent and bound a sulcus which spirals up the columella.

The pillar structure as a whole may be narrow and elongate or

wide and raised above the parietal callus or it may be shaped

in the form of the letter "P" (O. dama type of Olivella s.s.) .

No matter how alike the pillar structures might appear there

seem to be constant specific differences for each species. These

can be of such minimal proportions that it becomes necessary

to examine the shell under either a hand lens or microscope.

Fortunately other structural differences aid in separation at this

point. If there is some doubt as to the subgeneric placement of

species with the long narrow pillar structure, then the shell may

be rotated to the left to display the concave or deeply excavated

condition of the inner columellar wall above the basal fold.

This excavation is sharp-edged and the inner ends of the folds

or lirae are sharply cut-off, serving for ready recognition of the

subgenus Olixiella s.s.

The habitat preferred by olivellas is sand or sandy-mud, and

usually a bar that is exposed by each tide or a flat that is bare

April, 1963 nautilus 123

only at minus tides. Others are found only by dredging. The 4

new shells subsequently described represent material that has

been collected during the past 4 years. One new species was

found mixed in with a large number of O. fletcherae Berry that

were collected from a small sand bar exposed at a minus tide at

Aguachale, Baja California. Another species and the subspecies

were dredged from Bocochibampo Bay, Guaymas, Mexico in 20

meters, and this same species was also dredged near Mazatlan,

Mexico in 12 meters. The remaining new species was collected

intertidally at Altata, Mexico, and the type material was col-

lected and kindly supplied by Eugene Coan. We are indebted

to him for his generosity.

OLIVIDAE Swainson, Olivellinae Olsson,

Olivella Swainson, 1831. Olivella s.s.

Olivella (Olivella) altatae, sp. nov. Plate 6; figs. 5, 6.

Shell small, length about 8.5 mm form subelliptical with an

elevated spire of 4i/2 whorls that is slightly less than one half the

length of the shell; protoconch small, white, projecting and

dome-shaped; the parietal callus is developed as a thin enamel

spread along the inner lip of the aperture and passing above the

end of the aperture to the suture; it is semi-transparent so that

the markings are not completely obscured; pillar structure of 7

flat widened ridges, the posterior 3 standing free and the remain-

ing 5 arching together around the anterior canal; general color,

light brown; below the suture on the body whorl are 2 dark

brown bands, the anterior one wider; these are joined at 0.5 mm

intervals by narrow vertical brown lines; main portion of the

body whorl is covered by irregular zigzag vertical brown or dark

gray lines and above the fasciole is checked with brown spots; the

rest of the fasciole is white or yellowish white; interior of outer

lip is dark brown; no operculum observed.

Holotype: Length 8mm; diameter 3 mm. (Holotype) Calif.

Acad, of Sci., Geol. Type Coll. No. 12527.

Paratypes: One each will be placed in collections of John Q.

Burch, Bruce Campbell, and Eugene Coan. The remaining 8

paratypes will be distributed to various institutions.

Type Locality: Altata, Sinaloa, Mexico, crawling in the sand

at low tide; 21 December 1961. Collector: Eugene Coan.

Of all the existing eastern Pacific species, Olivella altatae most

resembles O. broggii Olsson but may be readily separated from

it by examining the pillar structure which is shorter and has

fewer folds. In contrast the more numerous folds of O. broggii

are paired anteriorly. Type locality for broggii is Zorritos, Peru,

124 nautilus Vol. 76(4)

and Olsson pointed out that it seemed to be limited to north-

western Peru.

Olivella (Olivella) sphoni, sp. nov. Plate 6; figs. 1-4

Shell medium size, length about 15 mm. relatively thin, spindle

shaped with an elevated spire of 5 whorls; body whorl large, sub-

elliptical; protoconch small, light colored, hemispherical; parietal

callus is developed as a thin whitish enamel covering the inner

aspect of the inner lip up to the suture, partially obscuring the

markings; pillar structure of 12 well defined lirations that are

short and equal; general color white with patches of gray below

the suture; on the body whorl are 2 brown bands, the anterior

one wider; these are joined by irregularly spaced vertical lines;

main portion of body whorl is covered by numerous brown

blotches arranged vertically, the posterior band of the fasciole is

white with small brown dots; the remainder is painted with

arched patches of brown; interior of outer lip light brown; an-

terior canal open. Length 13.8 mm; diameter 5 mm. (Holotype)

Holotype: Calif. Acad. Sci. Geol. Type Coll. No. 12528.

Paratypes: A paratype will be placed in the collections of John

Q. Burch, Bruce Campbell, and Gale Sphon; others will be de-

posited in the type collections of several institutions. [S.D.S.N.H.

Mus. no. 45219, Corinto, Nicaragua (H. N. Lowe!) S.D.S.N.H.

Mus. no. 45221, dredged 20 fms., Acupulco, Alex. (H. N. Lowe!) .]

Type locality: Dredged in 20 meters, Bocochibampo Bay, Guay-

mas, Mexico. Holotype collected June, 1962 by Bruce Campbell

and Philip Johnson. One paratype was collected May, 1961 by

B. Campbell, Gale Sphon, and Philip Johnson; same locality and

depth. Another paratype was collected June, 1959 by B. Camp-

bell; same locality and depth.

Ten additional paratypes were dredged in 12 meters between

Dos Hermanos Islands, a few hundred meters off Mazatlan, Mex-

ico by B. Campbell and Vernon Bohr. We are indebted to Mr.

E. P. Chace and the San Diego Soc. of Nat. Hist, for the privilege

of studying their collection and the loan of material.

There are only two species with which Olivella sphoni must

be compared. One is O. fletcherae, a species that was dredged

along with O. sphoni. Although they are similar in shape, O.

sphoni is larger and has twice the number of folds on the pillar

structure. A shell with a similar pillar structure is O. riverae

Olsson. Through the courtesy of Dr. Abbott we were able to ex-

amine a paratype of O. riverae from Zorritos, Peru. There are

major differences in shell shape and color patterns and minor

differences in pillar structure. The most northern locality record

April, 1963 nautilus 125

for riverae is Costa Rica.

It pleases us to honor our good friend Gale Sphon who is in

charge of malacology at the Santa Barbara Museum of Natural

History.

Olivella (Olivella) steveni, sp. nov. Plate 7; figs. 2, 3.

Shell small, length 10 mm, form spindle-shaped with conical

spire of 5 whorls which is approximately y2 length of the shell;

protoconch small transparent, light, and round; the parietal

callus extends along the columella up to the suture, it is semi-

transparent and thus partially obscures the markings; pillar

structure consists of 8-10 fairly equal plications which are set

apart from the parietal callus by a shallow groove; these folds

form a rather narrow vertical portion of the columella; general

color light to dark gray; just below the suture on the body whorl

is a very narrow gray spiral line that is connected to a lighter

and wider spiral line by vertical bars; a light band separates this

from the main portion of the whorl which is mottled gray with

small scattered brown dots; the posterior band of the fasciole is

decorated with bars or squares of brown, the remainder of the

fasciole is white; the interior of the lip is dark brown; no evi-

dence of an operculum. Length 9 mm; diameter 3 mm. (Holo-

type)

Holotype: Calif. Acad, oi Sci., Geol. Type Coll. No. 12529.

Paratypes: They will be distributed among the type collections

of several institutions and the collections of John Q. Burch and

Bruce Campbell.

Type Locality. Two miles south of Aguachale, Baja California,

Mexico, at a minus tide; 5 May 1962. Collected by B. Campbell

and Steven Campbell and Donald Shasky.

Since Aguachale is a local name and not on maps, its location

should be described. The turnoff to Aguachale is 26 miles south

of San Felipe on the road to Puertecitos. It is then 4 miles to the

beach and then 2 miles by four-wheel drive down the beach to

the type locality.

This species can be separated easily from the very common

O. fletcherac among which it is found by obvious differences in

color pattern; so far we have seen no intermediate forms. Further

differences are seen in the shape of each species and the pillar

structures. Olivella steveni has more folds on the pillar structure

and a row of spots on the fasciolar band. Both are readily dif-

ferentiated from the much larger O. gracilis.

Olivella (Olivella) steveni campbelli, subsp. nov.

Plate 7; figs. 5, 6.

Shell of similar size and form of O. steveni, length 10mm; al-

though the body whorl is more obese and the spire shorter; the

126 nautilus Vol. 76(4)

shell is white with brown markings in the same pattern as O.

steveni except the second spiral band of the body whorl is wider

and there are condensations of brown above the fasciole; the

posterior band of the fasciole is likewise colored with brown

blotches and the interior of the outer lip is dark brown; unlike

O. steveni, the pillar structure consists of 10 plications of which

the posterior ones are wider and Hat, becoming narrower

anteriorly with folds 8 and 9 more prominent. They border a

groove which plainly spirals up the columella; the lirate area

is raised, thus setting it off from the parietal callus; no operculum

present. Length 10 mm; diameter 4 mm. (Holotype)

Holotype: Calif. Acad, of Sci., Geol. Type Coll. No. 12530.

Paratypes: S.D.S.N.H. Mus. no. 45200, dredged 20 fms., Guay-

amas, Mexico (H. N. Lowe!) and another in B. Campbell col-

lection.

Type Locality: Dredged in 20 meters, Bocochibampo Bay,

Guaymas, Mexico in June, 1959. Collector: B. Campbell.

The holotype and paratype of this new subspecies were dredged

together with specimens of Olivella dama, O. fletcherae, and O.

sphoni. They remained unidentified until the 6 shells were col-

lected from Aguachale (O. steveni) and similarities noted. The

color patterns are practically the same and with some minor

differences the pillar structures are similar. The shell of the

subspecies is somewhat differently shaped. Additional material

may tend to increase the separation between the two.

Since the pillar structure does not show up well in a glossy

photograph unless the shell is specially coated with magnesium

oxide, supplemental line drawings are offered to demonstrate it.

The photographs do serve to show the comparative color patterns

which are a gross guide for separation. There is a line drawing

of the paratype of O. riverae which may be compared with O.

sphoni; also O. fletcherae is shown to demonstrate the differences

existing between it and O. steveni. Likewise in the photographs a

picture of an O. fletcherae that was collected with O. steveni is

shown for comparison, as is a picture of an O fletcherae taken

from the same locality as O. steveni campbelli and O. sphoni.

References

Berry, S. S. 1958. Leaflets in Malac. 1 (15) : 85.

Keen, A. M. 1958. Sea Shells of Tropical West America. Stanford

University Press, Stanford, Calif, pp. 423-427.

Olsson, A. A. 1956. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 108: 155-

225, pis. 8-16.

NAUTILUS 76(4)

PLATE 6

I. Olivella (Olivella) sphoni Burch & Campbell, holotype. 2, 0. (O.J sphoni

Burch & Campbell; paratype, length 14.2 mm., Bocochibampo Bay. Guayamas,

Mexico 3, O. (O.) sphoni B. & C; paratype, length 15 mm., Dos Hermanos

Ids.. Ma/atlan. 4. O. (O.) sphoni B. & C; paratype, length 9 mm., Dos Her-

manos. 5, O. (O.) altatae B. & C, paratype, length 8 mm., Altata, Mexico li.

O. (O.) altatae B. & C. holotype. (Photographs by Bruce Campbell.)

NAUTILUS 76(4)

PLATE 7

I. Olivella (Olivella) fletcherae Berry; hypotype, length 12.4 mm., Aguachale,

Baja California. 2, 0. (O.) steveni Burch & Campbell, holotype. 3, 0. (O.)

steveni B. & C; paratype, length 9.5 mm., type locality. 4, 0. fO.J fletcherae

Berry; hypotype, length 12 mm., Bocoshibampo Bay, Guayamas, Mexico. ~>.

(). (().) steveni campbelli Burch & Campbell, holotype. (>, O. (().) steveni

campelli li. & (..; paratype, length 10 nun., type locality. (Photographs 1>\

Bruce Campbell.)

April, 1963 nautilus 127

LENGTH OF LIFE IN WEST AMERICAN LAND SNAILS

By MUNROE L. WALTON, Glendale, California

The little information concerning the duration of life in

mollusks has been reviewed by Comfort, (1957) . The life of no

North American species of land snail has been adequately docu-

mented, and only guesses can be found as to their life span.

Studies on longevity should be based on natural as well as lab-

oratory populations, with the preparation of life tables an

integral part of the study. In the total absence of any data, how-

ever, even fragmentary observations may be of some value.

For the past 12 years, in connection with my activities in col-

lecting land snails, I have, from time to time, caged adult or

juvenile specimens and kept records on their growth and length

of life in captivity. All specimens were kept in my cellar, a well

ventilated, semi-dark room with cement floor. The temperature

ranged from 61 to 68 Fahrenheit, with the average about 65.

The relative humidity varied between 60-70%. Cages were con-

structed from heavy corrugated cartons covered with fine-meshed

window screening. In each carton, a 7 x 11 inch aluminum tray,

rilled with a sand and loam mixture, was placed, and kept

moistened at all times. The snails were fed on romaine lettuce

leaves and bits of of egg shells, with valves of marine clams added

occasionally to provide a source of lime.

The snails were checked at least once a week, except when I

was absent on collecting trips, and the actual or approximate

date of death judged from the condition of the rotting soft parts.

Few of the dates cited belowr could be more than a week or ten

days off from the actual date of death. Rest periods occurred at

regular intervals, with most snails in aestivation from December

to February. If detached from the walls of the cartons, they would

usually feed for a few days and then reseal.

For advice on how to present and interpret the data, I am

indebted to Alan Solem, Curator of Lower Invertebrates, Chicago

Natural History Museum.

The greatest success was in keeping Ashmunella, Sonorella

and Monadenia. Oreohelix refused to eat the lettuce and in-

dividuals rarely lasted over a very few months. Two species re-

produced successfully although members of the second generation

did not reach the size of their parents, undoubtedly because of

128 nautilus Vol. 76(4)

deficiences in their limited diet.

The following sixteen records seem worth recording.

Ashmunella kochi ambla Pilsbry. Collected H/2 miles up Pine

Springs Canon, Guadalupe Mts., Culberson Co., Texas on March

19, 1952. One (20.5 mm. in diameter) died January 10, 1957;

the other (21 mm. in diameter) died August 8, 1958. Two young

were first observed in June 1954, and developed the reflected lip

of adulthood in October 1956, at 21 mm. in diameter. They were

observed in copulation on June 25, 1959 and one young specimen

was produced on August 6, 1959. It was 17 mm. in diameter,

but not yet adult on April 30, 1962. The 1954 young were ob-

served in copulation again on August 7, 1960, but no additional

young have been produced to date.

Ashmunella proxima Pilsbry. Collected at Bull Hill above

Bear Springs, northwest end of Chiricahua Mts., Cochise Co.,

Arizona on April 3, 1955. One 12 mm. adult died June 9, 1957.

Ashmunella townsendi Bartsch. Collected on Hwy. 380, 5.5

mi. west of Lincoln, Lincoln Co., New Mexico on October 19,

1951. Ten adults were caged, with six still living on April 30,

1962. The four deaths were noted on March 10, 1960, June 8,

1960, September 4, 1960 and September 21, 1960. No young were

produced.

Sonorella tumamocensis linearis Pilsbry and Ferriss. Collected

in Box Canyon on road to Greaterville, Pima Co., Arizona in

April 1954. One 16 mm. adult died January 25, 1959.

Sonorella baboquivariensis Pilsbry and Ferriss. Collected on

east slope of Brown Canon, Baboquivari Mts., Pima Co., Arizona

on May 19, 1951. One adult (19 mm. in diameter) died November

7, 1958; the second (20 mm. in diameter) died January 9, 1959.

Sonorella virilis Pilsbry. Collected at the upper campground,

Rucker Canyon, southwestern Chiricahua Mts., Cochise Co.,

Arizona at 6,000 feet elevation on May 15, 1951. Two young were

caged, but neither reached adulthood. One, having grown from

16 to 21 mm. in diameter, died on March 2, 1958; the other,

growing from 14 to 19.5 mm., was noticed to be dead on July 1,

1958.

Sonorella grahamensis Pilsbry and Ferriss. Collected in rock

slides on Mt. Graham, Graham Mts., Graham Co., Arizona at

about 9,000 feet elevation on April 19, 1954. One 16 mm. juvenile

April, 1963 nautilus 129

was 20.5 mm. and not adult when found dead on December 11,

1957; the other 15 mm. juvenile was adult at 21 mm. when it

died on January 24, 1959. The growth in the cage was quite

rough and fibrous compared with the original shell growth. Adult

size in the same population was 22 mm., based on adults taken

in 1954.

Helminthoglypta ayresiana (Newcomb) . Collected on San

Miguel Island, California during March 1956. A juvenile 21

mm. in diameter, died sometime during August 1960 as a 25 mm.

adult, having reached a larger size than any I have seen previously

(maximum diameter, 23 mm.) .

Helminthoglypta tularensis sequoia Pilsbry. Collected near

Sequoia Lodge, Sequoia National Park, California on September

29, 1956. One 14 mm. juvenile was adult at 22 mm. when it died

on September 10, 1959.

Humboldtiana ferrissiana Pilsbry. Collected in a heavy rock

slide on Miter Peak, Jeff Davis Co., Texas on October 22, 1952.

Of 126 shells taken, only a few juveniles were alive. Two were

caged. One, 9 mm. when collected, reached 14 mm. before dying

about November 9, 1953; the other, 16 mm. when collected, was

a 35 mm. adult when found dead on October 15, 1957. The

largest adult taken in the field was only 30 mm. in diameter.

Humboldtiana texana Pilsbry. Collected on Housetop Moun-

tain, 19 mi. east of Marathon, Brewster Co., Texas on May 4,

1953. Found close to the base of bushes on the stems and leaves,

or partially buried in soil on an open slope. Two caged adults

produced one mass of 22 eggs on October 21, 1953, but none

hatched, probably because of excessive moisture in the cages

compared with the dry mountain slopes. One adult died July 10,

1955; the other was found dead on September 18, 1955.

Monadenia setosa Talmadge. Collected on Swede Creek, 24.4

mi. east of Willow Creek, Trinity Co., California, on September

28, 1959. A 17 mm., juvenile was 28 mm., and not quite adult,

when it died September 20, 1960.

Monadenia fidelis beryllica Chace. Collected four miles north

of Gold Beach along U.S. Hwy. 101, Curry Co., Oregon, on

September 13, 1954. The two caged adults died January 17, 1959

and about February 19, 1959. Twenty-two young shells were ob-

served in July 1956, of which 5 died in December, without their

sizes being recorded. There are three alive on April 30, 1962,

130 nautilus Vol. 76(4)

adult at 25 (1) and 29 (2) mm. The others died as follows:

3 slightly before July 12, 1957 at 18, 21 and 21 mm. (juvenile)

2 slightly before July 26, 1957 at 22, 23 mm. (juvenile)

1 on August 12, 1958 at 28 mm. (not quite adult)

2 slightly before November 5, 1958, both 28 mm. adults

1 about January 14, 1959 at 26 mm. (juvenile)

1 about April 2, 1959 at 24 mm. (juvenile)

2 about June 7, 1959 at 30 mm. as adults

1 about February 28, 1960, as a 30 mm. adult

1 May 5, 1961 at 29 mm.

A second batch of eggs produced by the original pair resulted

in five young on August 20, 1958. None lived more than ten

months, dying about October 21, 1958 (5 mm.), slightly before

November 7, 1958 (5 and 6 mm.) , about February 7, 1959 (7

mm.) and June 3, 1959 (8 mm.).

Monadenia fidelis klamathica Berry. Collected 5 miles upstream

from forks of Salmon River, Siskiyou Co., California on August

27, 1959. Nine adults caged, one still alive. The others all died

in 1960— about February 8, March 19, April 7, May 30, June 20,

August 15, September 27 and September 30. The remaining shell,

now 30 mm. on April 30, 1962, produced 10 young August 1,

1961. At present all are alive, sizes from 8 mm. to 19 mm.

Monadenia churchi Hanna and Smith. Collected 1.3 miles west

of Junction City, Trinity Co., California on December 28, 1959.

One 8 mm. juvenile reached 1 1 mm. before death on October

20, 1960; one 13 mm. juvenile is 25 mm. and still alive on

April 30, 1962, although not yet adult.

Anguispira kochi occidentalis (von Martens) . Collected along

U.S. Hwy. 95, 10.7 miles north of Tensed, Benewah Co., Idaho on

October 1, 1955. One 25 mm. adult died about September 8, 1959.

Many incomplete accounts are omitted from the above list, and

continued records are being kept of the few specimens mentioned

above that are still alive.

It is impossible to generalize about a genus from observations

on one or two species, or to know that observations on caged

specimens will apply to populations in nature, yet a few con-

clusions can be drawn from the above records.

Ashmunella kochi ambla will become adult in cages in 2i/£

years and adults can live 5 to over 61/2 years, so that a total life

span of nearly 9 or more years is possible, conservatively speak-

ing, since adults of A. townsendi have lived over ten years. As-

suming the same 21/3 years from birth to adulthood, the latter

April, 1963 nautilus 131

species could live at least \2y2 years.

Sonorella may include even more long-lived species, adults of

S. tumamocensis linearis and S. baboquivariensis having survived

in cages for nearly 5 and ly2 to 7% years, respectively, with a

species from a comparably dry habitat, 5. virilis, having spent

seven years in growing from 14 and 16 mm. to 19.5 and 21 mm.,

respectively, without reaching adult size. In contrast, 5. graha-

mensis from a much wetter habitat only took 2>y2 to 4y4 years

to grow from similar size to near adult or adult condition. Prob-

ably the species from drier areas will be found to take much

longer to grow and be able to remain in aestivation much longer

than those from the wetter regions. A 15-20 year life span is not

improbable.

A subadult Helminthoglypta ayresiana lived nearly four and

one half years and reached a larger size than in natural popula-

tions, and a 14 mm. juvenile of H. tularensis sequoia survived

almost exactly 3 years and was adult at death.

Humboldtiana ferrissiana survived 5 years from a 16 mm.

juvenile to a 35 mm. adult, reaching larger size than in the

natural population, while two adults of H. texana survived 2y3

years in captivity.

Adult Monadenia fidelis beryllica lived slightly over 4y3

years and gave birth to two sets of young. Nine of the 22 in the

first lot reached adulthood in 2y3 to 2% years, and four have

survived over 5y3 years. One Anguispira kochi occidentalis lived

nearly 4 years in captivity as an adult.

Only two successful reproductive cycles were completed. It is

undoubtedly significant that the Monadenia fidelis from a wet,

favorable habitat produced 22 young, only nine of which be-

came adult in about 2y2 years, with an adult span of perhaps

3i/2 to 5 years, while, in contrast, Ashmunella kochi ambla from

a dry, relatively unfavorable area produced only one or two

young, all of which survived, becoming adult in about 2y$ years

but with 4i/9 to 6i/2 years adult span. The selective advantages

of few young in marginal environments, presumably with low

predation, versus many young in wetter areas with presumably

high predation are obvious.

References

Comfort, A. 1957. The Duration of Life in Molluscs. Proc. Malac.

Soc. London 32(6), pp. 219-241.

132 nautilus Vol. 76(4)

SNAILS FROM TURKEY, CRETE AND GREECE

By THOMAS J. CURTIXi -'

Periodic collections of land and fresh water snails were made

in Turkey by members of the United States military forces from

October 1958 to March 1962. The purpose of the collections was

two-fold. Primary emphasis was placed on the evaluation of the

fresh water species and the determination of the existence of

medically important mollusks. Secondarily, but of great economic

significance was the identification of land snails potentially haz-

ardous to American agriculture, that could be introduced into

the United States from eastern Mediterranean ports. Attempts

were made to collect from major geographical areas and ecological

formations throughout Turkey. Intermittent collections were

made from Crete and Greece whenever opportunity offered. Thus

the specimens from the latter locations are rather limited.

Approximately 3,500 specimens of 29 species were collected.

The majority of these snails were taken in or about United

States military installations. Confirmation of the identifications

was achieved by the U.S. National Museum, Washington, D. C.

Specimens of all species except 5 (marked with *) , have been

deposited with this museum and duplicates of all species, are now

in the permanent reference collection of the Fourth Epidemio-

logical Flight, U.S. Air Force, Izmir.

Attention is drawn to the collections of Theba pisana, (the

white garden snail) , from Antalya and western Turkey in 1958

and 1959. Although listed by Abbott (1950) and Burch (1960)

as being from Mediterranean countries particular effort was made

to evaluate the distribution of this very important species,

throughout Turkey. However no specimens of this species were

collected during the period 1960-1962 in spite of numerous field

surveys. Nor have I been able to obtain detailed information

concerning the collections taken in 1958 and 1959 by unnamed

collectors. Such collections are only accompanied by area nota-

tions. Although the discovery of Theba pisana in, at least,

littoral Turkey would not be surprising because of its distribution

in other Mediterranean countries, its establishment in this

i Entomologist, United States Air Force.

- Opinions expressed herein are those of the author and are not to be

considered the views of the U. S. Air Force.

April, 1963 nautilus 133

country is questioned at the present time. Possibly the collections

of 1958-59 were taken at U.S. military ports in Turkey and the

specimens may have been imported from some north African

location. However research of the records of the regional NATO

headquarters (LANDSOUTHEAST) reveals only minimal mil-

itary port activity in the Antalya area prior to 1958.

This species established itself some 40 years ago in southern

California (Abbott 1950) where it has been a pest of the citrus

industry. It has not become established in other areas of the

United States.

No snails of known medical importance were collected during

the surveys, although collections were made in eastern Turkey

adjacent to the Syrian border. Bilharziasis (schistosomiasis) is

not known to occur in Turkey nor have its snail hosts been

collected, although reported to be present throughout the Near

East (Shattuck, 1951) . However this disease has been reported

from nearby Syria, (J.A.M.A., 1951) and Iraq, (Manson, 1954).

Thirteen (marked **) of the listed species have been declared

by the United States Department of Agriculture (Burch, 1960)

to be of quarantine significance. Specimens of Helicella itala,

Monacha schotti, Helix aperta, and Otala vermiculata have been

found actively attached to metallic shipping containers in various

locations in Turkey, Crete and Greece. Specimens of Theba

piscina however were found by agents of the Quarantine Service

of the U.S. Department of Agriculture on containers that had

been shipped from Derince (near Istanbul) during 1959. How-

ever, all attempts by the author to collect this species in the area

of Derince and Istanbul have failed. Investigation has revealed

that at least part of this infested cargo had originally been

shipped from Morocco with temporary storage at Derince before

being transported to America.

Listing of species

*Anrylus fhiviatilis orientalis Mousson. Adana, May 1959.

*Buhmus leachii (Sheppard) Seyhan River, near Adana, 1959.

*Chondrus tournefortianns (Fer.) Ankara, no date.

**Cochlicella barbara. (Linnaeus) . Turkey, no date.

**Helicella derbentina (Andrzejowski). Sinop, October 1959.

Antalya, 1959. Western Turkey, 1959.

**Helicella itala (Linnaeus) . Haydarpasa (Istanbul) December

1961. Buyukdere (Istanbul), December 1960. Iskenderun,

131 nautilus Vol. 76(4)

March 1961. Izmit, December 1960. Iraklion (Crete), De-

cember 1960.

*Helicella protect (Ziegler) . Western Turkey. Antalya, 1959.

**Helicella striata (Muller) . Antalya, 1958. Western Turkey,

1959.

**Helicella variabilis (Draparnaud). Izmit, December 1960.

Helicella vestalis (Parreyss) . Bursa, 1958. Sinop, 1959.

** Helix aperta Born. Pireaus, February 1962; Athens, February

1962.

** Helix aspersa Muller. Bornova, December 1961. Athens, Feb-

ruary 1962. Selcuk, January 1962.

Helix cincta Muller. Eastern Turkey, no date.

**Helix figulina Parreyss. Adana, June 1959. Antalya, 1959.

Bornova, 1959. Iskenderun, March, 1961. Selcuk, January,

1962.

** Helix lucorum Linnaeus. Antalya, 1958. Bornova, January,

1959. Bornova, December, 1961. Derince, December, 1961.

Lymnaen pereger (Muller) . Eastern Turkey, no date.

Mclanopsis buccinoidea (Olivier) . Adana (Seyhan River)

May, 1959. Diyarbakir (Tigris River) March, 1959. Iskend-

erun, March, 1960.

Melanopsis costata turcica (Mousson) . Adana, May, 1959.

Mclanopsis variabilis Philippi. Western Turkey, 1958.

**Monacha schotti (Pfeiffer). Izmir, December, 1960. Buyukdere

(Istanbul), December, 1960. Iskenderun, March, 1961. Izmit,

December, 1960. Iraklion (Crete), December, 1960. Iskend-

erun, March, 1960.

**Otala vermiculata (Muller). Antalya, 1959. Iskenderun,

March, 1961. Iraklion, December, 1960. Antalya, 1958,

Bornova, January, 1959. Athens, February, 1962. Pireaus,

February, 1962.

**Oxychihis cellarius (Muller). Iskenderun, 1961. Haydarpasa

(Istanbul), December, 1961. Karamursel, December, 1961.

Planorbis planorbis (Linnaeus) . Adana (Seyhan River),

March, 1959.

* Radix lagotis. Ankara, no date.

*Stagnicola palustris (Muller) . Konya, no date. Seyhan, no date.

**Tlieba pisana (Muller) . Antalya, 1959. Western Turkey, 1959.

Theodoxiis sp. Western Turkey, 1959.

Zebrina eburnea (Pfeiffer) . Eastern Turkey, 1958. Antalya,

July, 1959. Antalya, 1959.

Zebrina detrita (Muller) . Bursa, no date.

References

Abbott, R. T. 1950. Natural History (American Museum of

Natural History) 59, (2): 80-85.

Butch, J. B. 1960. Some Snails and Slugs of Quarantine Sig-

\pril, 1963 nautilus 135

nificance to the United States. U.S. Department of Agriculture,

Publication ARS. 82-1. 73 pages.

Jour. Am. Med. Assoc. 1951. Schistosomiasis. Report. Vol. 146.

p. 1149.

Manson's Tropical Disease's. 1954. 14th Edition. Cassell & Com-

pany Ltd. London, 1140 pages.

Shattuck, G. C. 1951. Diseases of the Tropics. Appleton-Century-

Crofts Inc. New York City. 804 pages.

SOME SUCCINEIDAE, WITH A NEW SPECIES

By LESLIE HUBRICHT

During the spring of 1962, the author visited Lake Concordia,

Louisiana, the type locality of Succinea concordialis Gould, and

Alexandria, Louisiana, the type locality for Succinea grosvenori

Lea and Succinea haleana Lea. Good series of all these species

were collected and I found that these species were not what they

had been generally considered to be. As a result, it will be

necessary to change the status of several specific names. While

unfortunately these changes must be made, I hope that a better

understanding of the species will result, and that further changes

in their status will not be necessary.

Succinea concordialis Gould.

Succinea concordialis Gould, 1848, Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.

3: 38.

Succinea unicolor Tryon, 1866, Amer. Jour. Cone. 2: 230, p. 2

(17) fig. 3.

This species was found in large numbers around Lake Con-

cordia, and Lake St. John, and in Ferriday and Vidalia. Spec-

imens from Lake Concordia are usually larger and more elongate

than those from the vicinity of New Orleans, and are of a bright

golden color with a reddish tip to the spire.

Succinea grosvenori Lea.

Succinea grosvenori Lea, 1864, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.

p. 109.

Succinea haleana Lea, 1864, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. p. 109.

Succinea forsheyi Lea, 1864, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. p. 109.

? Succinea mooresiana Lea, 1864, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.

p. 109.

Succinea (Desmosuccinea) pseudavara Webb, 1954, Gastropo-

dia 1: 18, figs. 4, 5.

Succinea grosvenori is an extremely variable species. In the

vicinity of New Orleans, Louisiana, it is small and thin and

136 nautilus Vol. 76(4)

could be readily mistaken for Catinella vermeta (Say) . Near the

Red River at the foot of Monroe St., Alexandria, Louisiana,

adults are like Binney's figure, and the young like Succinea

haleana. Near the Red River at a sand pit, 3.5 miles southeast

of Alexandria, the whorls are flattened above. Such shells were

described as Succinea forsheyi by Lea. Shells with the whorls

flattened above have been confused with Succinea witteri Shimek.

The name Succinea grosvenori has long been used as a catch-

call for any Succinea too large to be called avara and too small

to be called ovalis, so that most published records of its distribu-

tion are meaningless. It is known from Alabama, Mississippi,

Louisiana, Texas, Oklahoma, Kansas, and Missouri.

Succinea greeri Tryon.

Succinea greeri Tryon, 1866, Amer. Jour. Conch. 2: 232, pi. 2

(17), fig. 8.

Succinea grosvenori Lea, Pilsbry, 1948, Land Moll N. Amer.

2: 819, figs. 442h, 444a, 444d. (in part) .

During the mating season the distal end of the penis in Suc-

cinea greeri is inflated but does not form a loop. Later the penis

contracts and is withdrawn into the sheath. At this later stage

it might be confused with S. grosvenori but the penial retractor

muscle is much heavier and the penis is unpigmented.

S. greeri is a sun loving species. It is to be found on bare ground

in full sun. About Vicksburg it occurs on loess banks with a

southern or western exposure. It is known from Alabama, Mis-

sissippi, and Louisiana.

Succinea witteri Shimek

Succinea witteri Shimek, 1913, Nat. Hist. Bull. State Univ.

Iowa 6: 31, pi. 1, figs. I-IV.

Succinea concordialis Gould, Pilsbry, 1948, Land Moll. N.

Amer. 2: 833, figs. 482-484. (in part).

Succinea witteri is usually found in sunny situations near

water. It is apparently rather common west of the Mississippi

River from Texas to Iowa. East of the Mississippi it is sporadic

in its occurrence, but occurs as far east as Beaufort Co., North

Carolina.

Succinea bakeri, new species. Plate 8, upper figs.

Shell with a little over 3 whorls, thin but firm, elongate-ovate,

sculpture of unevenly spaced growth lines and wrinkles. Spire

acute, moderately long, sutures well marked, periphery well

rounded. Aperture ovate, occupying about sixty percent of the

April, 196.8 nautilus 137

length of the shell; outer, basal, and columellar margins well

rounded.

Height Diam. Ap. H. Ap. W. Whorls

13.3 mm. 6.7 mm. 8.0 mm. 5.3 mm. 3.3 Holotype.

15.3 mm. 7.4 mm. 8.9 mm. 5.1 mm. 3.3 Paratype.

13.1 mm. 7.0 mm. 8.2 mm. 5.5 mm. 3.3 Paratypes.

Type locality. — Illinois: St. Clair Co.: loess, Stolle, holotype

116915 and paratypes 116913 Chicago Natural History Museum,

other paratypes A2150 collection of the author.

The only species in the loess of the upper Mississippi valley

with which Succinea bakeri might be confused is Succinea ovalis

pleistocenica Baker, from which it differs in its smaller size,

more slender form, and less impressed sutures.

Succinea bakeri is the species usually called Succinea grosvenori

in Pleistocene fauna lists of the upper Mississippi valley. It is

not S. grosvenori, as now understood, nor can it be assigned to

any other species which one might logically assume to have lived

in the upper Mississippi valley during Pleistocene time. In order

to prevent further confusion with other species in the literature

it seems best to describe it as a new species. As a loess fossil it

ranges as far south as Adams County, Mississippi. It is named

in honor of the late Dr. Frank Collins Baker.

Succinea urbana Hubricht

Succinea urbana Hubricht, 1961, Nautilus 75: 32.

Succinea fioridana Pilsbry, Walker, 1928, Terr. Moll. Alabama,

p. 1 68. (in part) .

Succinea urbana is a common snail on the Selma Chalk and

other calcareous outcrops in southwestern Alabama and adjacent

Mississippi. It also occurs as a fossil near Ocala, Florida, in

company with Glyphyalinia fioridana (Morrison) . It estivates

above ground on the stems of plants with a complete disregard

for the sun, much like Bulimulus alternatus (Say) in southern

Texas.

Catinella gelida (F. C. Baker)

Succinea grosvenori gelida F. C. Baker, 1927, Nautilus 40: 118.

This species is certainly not related to Succinea grosvenori as

now understood. Some shells resemble a slender Catinella vermeta

(Say) , and others resemble shells of Catinella wandae (Webb)

from Grand Teton National Park, Teton Co., Wyoming, and it

is possible that the name gelida has been applied to more than

one species. In view of the impossibility of demonstrating the

138 nautilus Vol. 76(4)

relationship to either of the above species by anatomical studies,

Catinella gelida is here retained as a separate species.

Catinella stretchiana (Bland)

Succinea stretchiana Bland, 1865, Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y.,

8: 168, fig. 16.

Specimens of this species, collected by Ted C. Frantz of the

Nevada Fish and Game Department, at the type locality, Little

Valley Washoe Co., Nevada, were dissected. The penis was found

to be very similar to that of Catinella rehderi (Pilsbry) ; but the

appendix is longer, reaching to the end of the penis or a little

beyond. The appendix is much more slender than in Catinella

vermeta (Say) .

NEW SPECIES OF HYDROBIIDAE

By LESLIE HUBRICHT

Antroselates, new genus (masculine) .

Shell: small, solid, globose-conic, narrowly perforate or rimate;

spire short, body whorl large, somewhat inflated; sculpture of

numerous spiral epidermal threads.

Operculum: paucispiral, hyaline.

Animal: translucent whitish, blind; verge placed in center of

back, simple, long and slender, tapering to a point, oval in cross

section.

Radula: central tooth without basal denticles or tongue-shaped

projection, dorsal margin not reflected, uniformly arched with

about fourteen small cusps of nearly uniform size. Lateral teeth

with many small cusps of uniform size.

Type species: Antroselates spiralis.

The shell of Antroselates resembles that of Somatogyrus Gill

in shape, but differs in the presence of numerous spiral epidermal

threads. The animal differs in being blind and in having a very

simple verge which is placed in the center of the back, not behind

the right tentacle.

Antroselates spiralis, new species. Plate 8, figs. A, B.

Shell: globose-conic, solid, color whitish, subhyaline; sculpture

of growth lines and numerous spiral epidermal threads; whorls

4.5, rapidly increasing in diameter, sutures well impressed, spire

broadly conical, a little shorter than the aperture; first whorl

coiled in the same plain, forming a flat apex; body whorl very

large, somewhat shouldered, periphery flattened; aperture

roundly ovate, peristome continuous, appressed to the parietal

wall, thickened within; umbilicus rimate.

April, 1963 nautilus 139

Operculum: ovate, hyaline, paucispiral, of about 3.5 whorls,

sculpture consisting only of fine growth lines; nucleus a little

left of center, and about one-third the distance from base to apex.

Animal: translucent whitish, blind; verge placed in center

of back, simple, long, slender, tapering to a point, oval in cross

section.

Height 5.1 mm., Diam. 3.8 mm., Ap. Ht. 3.0 mm., Ap. Width

2.5 mm., Holotype.

Distribution. — Indiana: Crawford Co.: stream in Sibert's Well

Cave, Wyandotte. Kentucky: Edmonson Co.: Mammoth Cave

National Park: Echo River and Roaring River in Mammoth

Cave; Echo River Spring, holotype 116916, and paratypes 116915,

Chicago Natural History Museum, other paratypes 16905, collec-

tion of the author; stream in cave in Cedar Sink; large spring in

Cedar Sink, stream in Stillhouse Hollow Cave.

Antroselates spiralis is always found on the undersides of large

stones in running water. I never found one under a small stone. I

can easily understand why an unpigmented snail should stay

on the undersides of stones in the springs, but not why it should

retain this habit in the total darkness of caves.

Fontigens cryptica, new species. Plate 8, figs. E, F.

Shell: elongate, turreted; color pale corneous, subtranslucent;

surface smooth, without visible lines of growth; spire conical,

apex appearing truncated; whorls 4.5, well rounded, separated

by deep sutures; first whorl coiled in the same plane, forming a

flat apex; later whorls regularly increasing in size; aperture

ovate, peristome continuous, sharp, not thickened within, ap-

pessed to the parietal wall for a short distance; umbilicus small

or rimate.

Operculum: ovate, hyaline, sculpture very weak, nucleus a

little left of center, and about 2/5 the distance from base to apex;

of 3.5 whorls.

Animal: translucent whitish, blind; verge unknown.

Height 1.9 mm., Diam. 1.0 mm., Ap. Ht. 0.8 mm., Ap. Width

0.6 mm., Holotype.

Distribution. — Indiana: Clarke Co.: under stones in a small

spring, 3 miles west of Bethlehem, holotype 116919 C.N.H.M.,

paratypes 16469, collection of the author. A U.S. topographic

map, Bethlehem, Ind.-Ky quadrangle with the type locality

marked upon it has been deposited in the Chicago Natural

History Museum.

Fontigens cryptica appears to be most closely related to F.

orolibas Hubricht, differing in being much more slender, with

more rounded whorls and deeper sutures.

140 nautilus Vol. 76(4)

Fontigens tartarea, new species. Plate 8, figs. C, D.

Shell: elongate, turreted; buff colored, opaque to sub-

translucent; surface smooth with numerous indistinct lines of

growth; spire sub-cylindrical, apex appearing truncated; whorls

4.5, flatly convex, separated by deep sutures; first whorl only

slightly convex; last three whorls slowly increasing in size; aper-

ture ovate, peristome continuous, sharp, a little thickened within,

appressed to the parietal wall for a short distance; umbilicus

small or rimate.

Operculum: ovate, paucispiral of about two whorls, hyaline,

sculpture very weak, consisting only of growth lines, which are

almost invisible except near the end of growth; nucleus placed

near the left side about one-third the distance from base to apex.

Animal: whitish, blind; verge unknown.

Height 1.9 mm., Diam. 1.0 mm., Ap. Ht. 0.75 mm., Ap. Width

0.6 mm., Holotype.

Distribution. — West Virginia: Greenbrier Co.: stream in Organ

Cave, near Organ Cave P. O., holotype 116917 and paratypes

1 16918 C.N.H.M., other paratypes A4845, collection of the author.

The shell of Fontigens tartarea differs from that of F. cryplica

in having the first whorl slightly convex rather than flat, and in

being more cylindrical.

FOUR NEW SPECIES OF PARAVITREA

By LESLIE HUBRICHT

The four species of Paravitrea described herein differ from all

previously described species of the subgenus Paravitrea s.s. in their

small size. The nearest to them in this regard is Paravitrea smithi

(Clapp) , but the two known specimens of that species have only

4.5 whorls and may be immature. They appear to be more closely

related to each other than to any of the larger species.

Paravitrea bidens, new species. Plate 9, fig. A.

Shell small, pale pinkish, subhyaline, shining; spire low, con-

vex, with shallow sutures; whorls 6, slowly increasing, last quarter

whorl only slightly expanded in mature shells; periphery some-

what flattened in young shells, becoming rounded when mature;

umbilicus deep, well-like, contained about 4.5 times in the diam-

eter of the shell; aperture lunate, a little wider than high, slightly

flattened above and on the base, lip thin, simple; sculpture of

irregularly spaced radial grooves and growth wrinkles, distinct

above but becoming weaker on the sides and below; in young

shells there is a single pair of tubercular teeth in the last half

April, 1963 nautilus 141

whorl, visible through the base of the shell, as the shell grows

a new pair is deposited and the old pair is absorbed so that there

is never more than a single fully developed pair; teeth are

present in all except fully mature shells. Animal dark gray.

Diam. 3.6 mm. Ht. 1.8 mm. Umb. diam. 0.8 mm. Holotype.

Localities. — Alabama: Claiborne Co.: below Dugger Mtn. Fire

Tower; ravine, 4 miles northeast of Grantley, holotype 116910

and paratypes 116941 Chicago Natural History Museum, other

para types 26153, collection of the author.

Paravitrea bidens differs from the other small species in the

dark-colored animal. It is unique in that it never has more than

one pair of teeth. Other species with paired teeth sometimes

have only a single pair but it is not the usual condition.

Paravitrea blarina, new species. Plate 9, fig. B.

Shell small, pale yellowish, subhyaline, shining; spire low,

convex, with shallow sutures; whorls 5.5, slowly increasing, last

quarter whorl slightly expanded in mature shells; periphery well

rounded; umbilicus deep, well-like, contained about 5 times in

the diameter of the shell; aperture lunate, about as wide as high,

lip thin, simple; sculpture of irregularly spaced radial grooves

and growth wrinkles w4iich are distinct above but become obsolete

on the base; there are no teeth within the shell at any stage of

growth. Animal white.

Diam. 3.9 mm. Ht. 2.2 mm. Umb. diam. 0.8 mm. Holotype.

Localities. — Virginia: Lee Co.: near Cudjos Cave. Tennessee:

Hawkins Co.: near Hope Creek, Rices Mill, 2 miles west of

Church Hill. Anderson Co.: wooded hillside, 1.4 miles east of

Dossett; wooded hillside, 1.7 miles northeast of Clinton, holo-

type 116938 and paratypes 116939 C.N.H.M., other paratypes

27896, collection of the author. Knox Co.: ravine 4 miles north-

west of Halls Crossroads; wooded hillside, 1 mile south of Halls

Crossroads.

Paravitrea blarina is a secretive species, found in the lower

layers of leaf mold. At the last locality above, it was found

crawling about in shrew burrows under the leaves. It differs

from the other small species in the absence of teeth in the shell

at any stage of growth. There are none of the larger species

with which it might be easily confused. Toothless adults of Par-

avitrea conecuhensis (Clapp) resemble it somewhat but that is

a larger shell, usually over 5 mm. in diameter when mature, the

umbilicus is smaller, and the animal is dark gray.

Paravitrea tantilla, new species. Plate 9, fig. C.

Shell, small, pale yellowish, subhyaline, shining, spire low,

convex, with shallow sutures; whorls 6 to 6.5, slowly increasing,

142 nautilus Vol. 76(4)

last quarter whorl not noticeably expanded in mature shells;

periphery somewhat flattened, base well rounded; umbilicus deep,

well-like, contained about 5 times in the diameter of the shell;

aperture lunate, about as wide as high, slightly flattened above

and on the base, lip thin, simple; sculpture of irregularly spaced

radial grooves and growth wrinkles, distinct above but becoming

much weaker below the periphery; within the last whorl there

are usually one or more pairs of rather large tubercular teeth.

Animal white.

Diam. 3.7 mm. Ht. 2 mm. Umb. diam. 0.7 mm. Holotype.

Localities. — Kentucky: Lincoln Co.: hillside, 5 miles south of

Stanford. Tennessee: Fentress Co.: mountainside, 2 miles west of

Jamestown. Hawkins Co.: ravine, 5 miles southwest of Pressmans

Home. Grainger Co.: wooded hillside, 1 mile northeast of Tate

Springs. Warren Co.: bluff of Caney Fork River, 1 mile northeast

of Rock Island, Grundy Co.: Big Mouth Cave Sink, 4 miles

northeast of Pelham, holotype 116936 and paratypes 116937

C.N.H.M., other paratypes 17531, collection of the author. Ala-

bama: Cherokee Co.: wooded hillside, 1 mile east of Forney:

rocky hillside, 1,4 miles northeast of Rock Run. Cleburne Co.:

Shoal Creek Bridge Camping Area.

The presence of one or more pairs of large teeth in the adult

shell will distinguish Paravitrea tantilla from the other small spe-

cies. In its large tubercular teeth it resembles Paravitrea pilsbry-

ana (Clapp) , but that species has a larger umbilicus and a larger

shell.

Paravitrea metallacta., new species. Plate 9, fig. D

Shell small, pale yellowish subhyaline, shining; spire low, con-

vex, with shallow sutures; whorls 6.5, slowly increasing, last

quarter whorl conspicuously expanded in mature shells; periph-

ery somewhat flattened in young shells, becoming rounded when

mature; umbilicus deep, well-like, the central hole contained

about 10 times in the diameter of the shell, but expanding in

the last half whorl to about twice the size of the central hole;

aperture lunate, wider than high, slightly flattened on the base,

lip thin, simple; sculpture of irregularly spaced radial grooves

and growth wrinkles, distinct above and on the sides but becom-

ing weaker on the base; in young shells there are one or two pairs

of rather small teeth within the last whorl. Animal white.

Diam. 3.9 mm. Ht. 1.9 mm. Umb. diam. 0.4-0.7 mm. Holotype.

Localities. — Tennessee: DeKalb Co.: ravine, 7 miles east of

Smithville; Caney Fork River bluff, Sligo Landing; wooded hill-

side, 10 miles northeast of Smithville, holotype 116934 and para-

types 116935 C.N.H.M., other paratypes 29500, collection of the

author.

The small umbilicus and expanded last quarter whorl are the

NAUTILUS 76( I)

PLATE 8

Upper figs. Succinea bakeri Hubricht. A. 15. Austroselates spiralis Hubricht.

C, I). Fontigens tartarea Hubricht. E, F. /•". cryptica Hubricht. All holotypes.

(Photographs l>\ Chicago Natural Histor) Museum.)

NAUTILUS 76(4)

PLATE 9

A, Paravitrea bidens Hubricht. B. Paravitrea Marina Hubricht. C, Para-

vitrea tantilla Hubricht. D. Paravitrea metallacta Hubricht. Holotypes.

/Photographs by Chicago Natural History Museum.)

April, 1963 nautilus 143

distinguishing characters of Paravitrea metallacta. Young might

be confused with the young of Paravitrea capsella (Gould) but

the umbilicus is smaller.

REMARKS ON CASSIS (CASMARIA) VIBEXMEXICANA

By WILLIAM R. EMERSON and WILLIAM E. OLD, JR.

American Museum of Natural History

In 1893 Stearns recorded two specimens of the Indo-Pacific

species, Cassis (Casmaria) vibex (Linn£) , from west Mexico; one

was reported to have been collected by L. Belding from La Paz,

Baja California and the other by W. J. Fisher from Maria Madre

Island, Tres Marias Islands. Both were poorly preserved speci-

mens that obviously had been occupied by hermit crabs. A year

later, Stearns (1894) referred to these specimens as "Cassis (Cas-

maria) vibex-mexicana Stearns, Proc. U.S. Nat. Museum, vol. 16,

1893, p. 348." Thus this hyphenated name was made available

for the supposed eastern Pacific representative of the Cassis vibex

complex.1

The validity of this species, however, remained doubtful since

no additional specimens of the Cassis vibex complex were sub-

sequently recorded from the eastern Pacific. Only recently, Keen

(1958) suggested that Stearns might have mixed specimens from

the Indo-Pacific region with material that he was describing

from west America. However, existence of additional specimens

of this complex from the tropical eastern Pacific now has been

determined.

The presence of a specimen in the collections made by the

"Puritan"-American Museum of Natural History Expedition

to Western Mexico in 1957 has prompted us to inquire of col-

leagues whether further specimens were present in collections

under their care.

Mr. E. P. Chace (in litteris, 1960) informed us that one speci-

men with definite locality data is contained in the H. W. Lowe

Collection of the San Diego Museum of Natural History. This

l Actually, under the newly revised international code of zoological nomen-

clature, compound names are to be united without a hypen and the name

is to be treated as if originally published in that form.

144 nautilus Vol. 76 (4)

specimen, collected at San Jose Island, Baja California in 1932

(Lowe, 1933) , measures 40 mm. in length and 28 mm. in width.

The color pattern was reported to be badly faded.

Dr. A. Myra Keen stated (in litteris, 1960) that she had recently

examined a fresh specimen taken from 20 feet of water at Lobos

Island, near La Paz, Baja California by Mrs. Verona McKibbin

of Tucson, Arizona. This specimen is large, about 70 mm. in

height, and is described by Dr. Keen as follows: "Coloration is

in tones of buff and brown, with undulating axial stripes inter-

sected by spiral lines that look to be drawn with a pen. At each

intersection of lines and stripes there is a dot of darker color.

There are two diffused spots of yellow at the anterior end of

the aperture, one on either side of the canal opening, like two

golden dots showing through the glaze of the white shell. The

interior is a soft violet." An apertural view of this specimen is

given by Keen (1960, figure 314) and a dorsal view is presented

herein (plate 10, figure 1) , through the kindness of Dr. Keen.

Mr. Gale Sphon of the Santa Barbara Museum of Natural His-

tory has informed us (in litteris, 1962) that four specimens, three

adults and one juvenile, were taken at Buena Vista, Palmas Bay,

Baja California by Senor Antonio Verdugo, in September, 1961.

According to Mr. Sphon, these were not taken alive, but are

fresh specimens, three of which were deposited in the Santa

Barbara Museum, and one was given to Stanford University.

Dr. Donald R. Shasky of Glendale, California reports (in lit-

teris, 1962) the existence of two beach specimens from Maria

Cleofas Island, Tres Marias Islands taken by the late George

Willett, in 1938. One of these is in his personal collection, the

other is in the collection of Mrs. Helen Du Shane of Altadena,

California. According to Dr. Shasky, another specimen was col-

lected on the beach in 1958 near La Paz, Baja California and is

in the Du Shane collection.

The specimen taken on the cruise of the "Puritan" at San

Juanito Island, Tres Marias Islands is a small, "hermit crab

specimen," having well-developed nodules on the body whorl

(plate 10, figure 2) . During the course of the recent Vermilion

Sea Expedition, the senior author found yet another specimen,

also a beach specimen, at Santa Catalina Island, in the Gulf of

California (plate 10, figure 3) .

April, 1963 nautilus 145

Two other specimens in the Lowe collection of the San Diego

Museum and one in the U. S. National Museum are labeled this

species, but lack definite locality data. These specimens are cited

from the "Gulf of California, Cooke" and apparently had been

received from the late Miss Jeanette M. Cooke, a dealer in shells

at San Diego, around the turn of the century. They are badly

faded and may not be from the eastern Pacific.

Skin divers and SCUBA divers should make a special effort

to locate the habitat of this rare species when collecting in the

southern part of the Gulf of California. As it apparently has not

been dredged, it is likely to occur in shallow water, and judging

from the presently known distribution, it is likely to be a mem-

ber of the coral reef association.

Synonymy and distributional data follow:

Cassis (Casmaria) vibexmexicana Stearns, 1894. Plate 10, Fig-

ures 1-3.

Cassis (Casmaria) vibex Linne, Stearns, 1893: 348. Not Linne,

1758.

Cassis (Casmaria) vibex-mexicana Stearns, 1894: 188.

Cassis vibex mexicana [sic] Stearns, Lowe, 1933: 113; Hertlein,

1937, Proc. Amer. Phil. Soc, 78: 306.

Cassis (Phalium) vibex (Linnaeus) , Keen, 1958: 340. Not

Linne, 1758.

Cassis (Phalium) vibex-mexicana Stearns, Keen, 1960: 340, fig.

314.

Range: Santa Catalina Island, Baja California (San Diego

Natural History Museum) to La Paz, Baja California (Keen,

1960) in the Gulf of California, and south to the Tres Marias

Islands, Mexico (Stearns, 1894).

Literature cited

Keen, A. M. 1958. Sea shells of tropical west America. Stanford

Univ. Press, 626 pp., illus.

1960, Ibid., second printing.

Lowe, H. N. 1933. Naut. 46: 109-115, pi. 9.

Stearns, R. E. C. 1893. Proc. U. S. Natl. Mus., 16: 341-352, pi. 50.

1894. Ibid., 17: 139-204.

NEW FRESH- WATER MOLLUSCA FROM THE EOGENE

OF CHILE AND PATAGONIA

By J. J. PARODIZ, Carnegie Museum. Pittsburgh, Pa.

Diplodon transandinus new species. PI. 11, figs. 1-4

Shell subelliptical, height corresponding to 62% of the length,

rounded in front and narrowed posteriorly. Umbo not prominent,

146 nautilus Vol. 76 (4)

radially striate, placed at middle of the anterior slope. Dorsal

margin straight in its distal part, and forming a 60° angle with

the anterior margin. Posterior ridge scarcely noticeable. Concen-

tric lines of growth regularly spaced on the upper part of the shell

(about half mm. apart) , more conspicuous at the center where

they are stronger and waving and interrupted by groove-like de-

pressions giving to the surface a rugose-imbricate aspect similar

to the forms of the living chilensis-granosus group.

Dimensions: 66 mm. long, 41 high, 10 mm. between valves.

Locality and Strata: A single specimen from Paso Tinguiririca,

between the headwaters of the rivers Tinguiririca and Grande,

province of Colchagua, Chile, close to the border with the Argen-

tine province of Mendoza, collected by Jose N. Thomas, 1916.

Found in strata representing a northwestern continuation — or

synchronical equivalent — , of the Jahuel Formation (Danian) ;

in Patagonia, as well as in Mendoza and Chile, Jahuel underlies

the marine Roca Beds (Montian) . Diplodon transandinus is thus

Paleocene.

The fossil has both valves strongly compressed and fractured

under the umbo, by diastrophic pressure, resulting very thin in

profile; in natural condition the shell probably had a convexity

similar to D. chilensis. Otherwise is remarkably well preserved.

Contrasting with the coal black surface of the valves, the grooves

are filled with an oxidized substance (limonite) or rusty color,

similar to that known in other species, of the same age, Diplodon

colhuapiensis.

The relationships of this new species with the recent, sympatric,

D. chilensis are obvious, but the sculpture recalls also D. granosus

multistriatus. Although these two living species are well separated

geographically, they belong to a common stock with parasitic

glochidia, Diplodon sensu stricto. It also resembles Hyridella

menziesi from New Zealand, not only in the flatness of the

shell, but in outline and surface as well. The affinities of certain

South American species with other from Australia and New

Zealand was well known but limited to living forms: D. transandi-

nus establishes a new link, as old as the early Tertiary.

Chilina stenostylops new species. PI. 11, figs. 5-6

Shell imperforate, lymnaeiform, spire elongate, very acute,

occupying about i/3 of the total length, apical angle 50°. Penul-

timate whorl as long as half of the spire; body whorl oval elon-

gate, narrower at the base, the wider zone above the middle. 5-6

whorls regularly convex, not gradate. Suture well marked,

sutural angle 12°. Aperture twice as high as wide, very angulose

NAUTILI'S 76(4)

PLATE 10

Cassis (Casmaria) vibexmexicana Stearns from west Mexico. Fig. I. oil

Lobos Is., near La Paz, Mckibbin collection. Fig. 2. San Jnanito Is., Ties

Marias Is., beach. Ainer. Mils. Nat. Hist, collection. Fig. 3. Santa Catalina K.

San Diego Museum collection. Figures approximate!) xl.

NAUTILUS 76(4)

PLATE 11

Figs. I id I. Diplodon transandinus Parodiz: 1. portion of left valve (\ 2i/^);

■_' i<i I, type, natural size. Figs 5 (holotype) and i> (paratype) <>( Chilina

sh nostylaps Parodiz (x 2) .

April, 1963

NAUTILUS

147

above, expanded but narrowly rounded below; columellar mar-

gin with a low, incipient fold, otherwise thin and straight; basal

lip on the left side thick.

Dimensions:

Paratype I

(fig. 6)

Locality and Strata: Canadon Vaca, west of Paso Niemann of

the Rio Chico, province of Chubut (Patagonia) , Argentina. Casa-

mayor Formation (Notostylops Beds), Lower Eocene, Loc. 164

of Scarritt Expedition to Patagonia, collected by G. G. Simpson,

1931.

The calcium carbonate of the shells has been replaced by cris-

talized infiltrations of silica; the rilling of the shells, however, is

composed by the characteristic tuffs of Casamayor.

Apparently, this new species is the oldest known Chilina. It is

close to that group of living forms with Lymnaea-Yike outline and

aperture for which Dall (1870) proposed the subgeneric name

Pseudochilina, and also has a simple columella with folds almost

inconspicuous or entirely wanting as in Acyrogonia Rochebrune

& Mabille, 1889.1 All these characters are very variable in living

species as aurantia Marsh., fulgurata Pilsbry and simplex Marsh,

and Pilsbry concluded that they are not valuable enough to keep

subgeneric divisions; also Zilch (Gastropoda: 89, 1959) places

Acyrogonia and Pseudochilina as synonyms of Chilina. The new

species have the general shape of C. oldroydae Marshall,2 but

without the strong fold. It may be that the strong and multiple

columellar folds are more developed in recent species, and simple,

unfolded columella a plesiomorphic character.

1 The same case is for the living C. simplex according 10 Marshall.

- C. oldroydae is included within the variations indicated by Pilsbry for

C. fulgurata, and should be considered synonym.

148 nautilus Vol. 76(4)

This is the first fresh-water shell from Casamayor Formation.

The few other mollusks known from these strata are all terres-

trial:

Strophocheilus chubutiensis Ihering, 1904. Canadon Blanco, Chu-

but, coll. C. Ameghino 1899.

Strophocheilus hauthali Ihering, 1904. Canadon Blanco, Coll. S.

Roth.

Strophocheilus avus Parodiz, 1949. Rio Chico, Chnbut, coll. C.

Ameghino 1899.

Thaumastus patagonicus Parodiz, 1946. Canadon Hondo, Chubut,

coll. G. G. Simpson 1931.

Paleobulimulus eocenicus Parodiz, 1919. Canadon Vaca, Chnbut,

coll. T. Suero 1948.

Another fossil species of Chilina is C. antiquata Orbigny (Voy-

age, Paleont. 1842, p. 141), found with Diplodon diluvii Orb.,

from the cliffs of Rio Negro, of Pliocene age, and closer to the

typical gradate recent species.

NOTES AND NEWS

Notes on snail distribution and leech feeding habits in Okla-

homa— Following the recent trend of several authors in report-

ing Oklahoma gastropod records, the following are simply listed,

with some exceptions, from the counties where they were secured.

Additional information is available in the author's catalog.

Campeloma decisum Say. Delaware, Cherokee, Adair and Se-

quoyah counties. This mud-burrowing snail forms a continu-

ous series from southwestern Illinois through western Mis-

souri, eastern Kansas and Oklahoma, northeastern Texas,

around the southern tip of the Ozarks into and throughout

the Austroriparian Biotic Province and into the southern

United States.

Cincinnatia integra (Say) . Carter, Marshall, Choctaw and Mc-

Curtain counties.

Laevapex fusca (C. B. Adams) . Bryan County.

Ferrissia shimeki (Pilsbry) . Marshall County.

Lymnaea (Stagnicola) bulimoides techella (Haldeman) . Alfalfa,

Canadian, Carter, Johnston, Marshall and Bryan counties.

Promenetus exactions (Say) . McCurtain County.

Menetus dilatatus (Gould) . Marshall, Payne and Cimarron coun-

ties.

Gyraulus circumstriatus (Tryon) . Major, Caddo, Carter and

Marshall counties; probably Pleistocene.

Gyraulus parvus (Say) . Carter and Marshall counties.

Helisoma anceps (Menke) . Cimarron, Garvin, Carter, Johnston,

April, 1963 nautilus 119

Marshall and Woodward Counties.

Helisoma trivolvis (Say) . Cimarron, Caddo, Garvin and Mar-

shall counties.

Euconulus chersinus trochulns (Reinhardt) . Cimarron, Marshall

and Choctaw counties.

Retinella indentata paucilirata (Morelct). Garvin, Carter and

Marshall counties.

Mesomphis cupreus (Rafinesque) . Wagoner, Adair, Haskell and

LeFlore counties.

Paravitrea significans (Bland) . Mayes and Adair counties. This

species has been rarely collected in Oklahoma.

Pilsbryna tridens Morrison. Major, Custer and Garvin counties.

Haivaiia rninuscula (Binney) . Major, Custer, Garvin, Carter and

Marshall counties.

Ventridens demissus brittsi (Pilsbry) . Latimer County.

Zonitoides arboreus (Say) . Pawnee, Mayes, Canadian, Oklahoma,

Latimer, Choctaw and Cimarron counties.

Striatum meridionalis (Pilsbry and Ferris) . Marshall County.

Anguispira alternate! (Say). Pontotoc and Marshall counties.

Helicodiscus parallelus (Say) . Major, Custer, Canadian, Okla-

homa, Garvin, Cartern, Marshall and Mayes counties.

Helicodiscus singleyanus (pilsbry) . Garvin and Marshall coun-

ties.

Helicodiscus nummus (Vannatta) . Marshall County.

Punctum vitreum (Baker) . Marshall and Choctaw counties.

Succinca concordialis Gould. Woodward, Greer and Johnston

counties.

Catinella vermeta (Say) . Carter and Marshall counties. These

are dead shells and, although they more closely approximate

the morphology of this species than any other, one must dis-

sect the soft anatomy to actually make unreserved succineid

identifications.

Vallonia parxnila Sterki. Custer, Major, Garvin, Murray and

Carter counties.

Vallonia gracilicosta Reinhardt. Major and Greer counties. Prob-

ably fossils.

During the summer of 1961, 11 specimens of the leech Glossi-

phonia complanata (Linnaeus) were collected from swamps in

McCurtain County, Oklahoma. These specimens, (which ranged

from 73.2 to 82.7 mm. in length, were dissected in order to de-

termine the contents of the gut. Four of the specimens were

empty; the remaining yielded 24 Pisidium; 12 Cincinnatia In-

tegra, 4 Gyraulus parvus, 4 ostracods and 4 chironomid larvae.

One specimen contained 4 Pisidium which were each 4,0 mm. in

diameter. — Branley A. Branson, Kansas State College, Pittsburg.

150 nautilus Vol. 76(4)

Cecina from the State of Washington: A new record for

North America. — Some small snails found by Dr. J. F. Gates

Clarke coincidental to the collection of centipedes on the shore

of Chuckanut Bay, Whatcom Co., Washington, represent a new

record for North America. These were found under drift in a

small embayment on the north shore of the bay, just north of

the Great Northern Railroad trestle, on August 12, 1961.

One specimen was an immature Phytia myosotis (Drapar-

naud) . In my opinion, this species has been introduced acci-

dentally to every locality in which it is now living in the western

hemisphere. At least on the Atlantic coast of the United States,

every such locality known to me is either a port, or an oystering

wharf. Because of the life history, known to include "crawl

away" young instead of a pelagic stage, Phytia still shows the

same spotty distribution, many years after it first reached those

places.

The numerous other shells in this sample resembled a smooth

form of Truncatella. But there is no Truncatella previously

known from the coast of Washington, and there is no species of

this genus that is completely smooth. The most nearly smooth

is the European T. truncatida, in its rib-reduced phase. The

Chuckanut Bay shells proved to be Cecina manchurica A. Adams,

1861 [Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) S:308. (p. 18 of reprint) ], orig-

inally described from Olga and Vladimir Bays, Manchuria. The

discovery of a thriving population of Cecina manchurica A.

Adams on the coast of Washington adds another genus to the

American lists, even if it probably has been an accidental intro-

duction. Cecina should be searched for in other places in the

region of the Straits of Juan de Fuca. Did this species come

over in the days of "Russian America" — or later by ship — or on

logging rafts sent down the coast?

Adams, in his original remarks a century ago, said that Cecina

animals were closest to those of Truncatella. The major differ-

ence he noted was that Cecina had lobate instead of long atten-

uate tentacles; the other general external anatomy and the

method of locomotion were observed to be the same. Specimens

recently received from Dr. Habe, collected from Asamushi,

Mutsu Bay (northern) Honshu, Japan, have been examined.

The tentacles are short but narrow and pointed, as contracted

April, 1963 nautilus 151

in the alcohol preservative. In life they must be allowed to rest

alongside, applied to the sides of the snout. In this position they

appeared lobate to Adams, who apparently did not examine

them critically under higher magnification. Also in the original

description, Adams said that the apex of the adult shell was

eroded, not truncate. The set of shells from Chuckanut Bay

prove otherwise. These shells show a progressive loss of the

earlier whorls as the shell grows, but this in itself does not prove

either erosion or truncation. A few of the newly collected shells

from Chuckanut Bay, and at least two of the Japanese speci-

mens show a highly convex wall of truncation or plug, inside

thin remnants of the peripheral whorl walls that project along

the rim, just as do those of Truncatella. As in Truncatella, the

animal must thin out the peripheral wall of the shell, just above

the position in which the new partition or spire plug is to be

formed. In the case of Cecina, the shell is thinned nearly down

to the epidermis, and this remnant disappears rapidly by ero-

sion, and so obscures the truncation process in this member of

the family Truncatellidae. — J. P, E. Morrison.

The janthinid genus Recluzia in the western Atlantic. —

In March 1953 Dr. Martin D. Burkenroad collected several

dozen live specimens of Recluzia which had been washed ashore

in company with the brown, floating anemone, Minyas, on Mus-

tang Island, near Port Aransas, Texas. Dr. Burkenroad reported

in his letter to me that the body of the Recluzia is sulphur-

yellow and that the long, twisted float, made of brown bubbles,

was occupied by brown egg-capsules. The living snail was ob-

served eating the Minyas, and its feces were stuffed with the

anemone's nematocysts. Until a more thorough study is made of

this material, it seems wisest to identify this snail as Recluzia

rollandiana Petit, 1853. If this species is world-wide in distribu-

tion, it would have to take the name of R. lutea Bennett, 1840,

whose synonyms also include turrita Philippi, 1848, jehennei

Petit, 1853, montrouzieri Souverbie, 1872, erythraea Jickeli, 1882,

and hargravesi, Cox, 1870. A "carinate" species, johnii Holten,

1803, was described from India.

The Academy of Natural Sciences' collection also contains a

specimen of R. rollandiana from Sao Paulo, Brazil, which was

collected many years ago by H. von Ihering. — R. Tucker Abbott.

\

152 nautilus Vol. 76(4)

Natica (Tectonatica) clausa Broderip and Sowerby, 1829r

and Natica (Tectonatica) aleutica Dall, 1919, are two distinct

species. In the paper I read at the meeting of the American

Malacological Union in 1956, "Some problems in west coast

Naticidae," the conclusion was to place N. aleutica as a sub-

species of N. clausa. Subsequent studies have indicated that this

was in error. Both forms occur in the same general locality,

with N. aleutica being consistently much larger. One specimen

measures 60 mm. Mr. Rae Baxter has written from Seldovia,

Alaska, that there is a difference in the egg collars, that of N.

aleutica being smooth whereas that of N. clausa has raised spots

where the eggs occur.

The conclusion remains to accept Tectonatica Sacco, 1890,

with type (by monotypy) Natica tectula Bonelli, and to place

Cryptonatica Dall 1892 with type (by subsequent designation

of Dall, 1909) Natica clausa Broderip and Sowerby in the

synonymy. — John Q. Burch.

Notogillia wetherbyi (Dall) in Alabama — This species was

found abundant in a large spring at Blue Springs, Barbour

County, Alabama. It has not been reported previously from

Alabama. — Leslie Hubricht.

New localities for Bradybaena similaris (Fer.) — This species

has been found in Montgomery, Montgomery County, Alabama;

in Taylorsville, Smith County, Mississippi; and in Alexandria,

Rapides Parish, Louisiana. This species will probably spread

rapidly through the Gulf States. In a few years it probably will

be found in most southern cities. — Leslie Hubricht.

Triodopsis hopetonensis (Shuttleworth) in the Gulf States. —

Triodopsis hopetonensis has been widely introduced in the South.

The author has found it at the following localities: Georgia:,

Atlanta. Tennessee: Chattanooga, near Clinton, Etawah, near

Martin Springs, North Chattanooga. Alabama: Birmingham,

Brundidge, Childersburg, Clanton, Dothan, Foley, Gadsden,

Gastonburg, Livingston, Marion, Montgomery, Ozark, Penning-

ton, Phenix City, Troy, Tuscaloosa, Uniontown, near Wetumpka.

Mississippi: Bay Springs, Belzoni, Bonita, Estahatchie, Hatties-

burg, Hurley, Jackson, Laurel, Louisville, Marion, Meridian,

Quitman, Taylorsville, Waynesboro. A sinistrial specimen was

collected in Birmingham, Alabama. — Leslie Hubricht.

M HI WHOI I.IBKAKY

UH 17XP T

.